Home

2015 Infiniti Q40

1. 12 13 14 1516 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 4 Instrument brightness control switch switch P 5 58 2 Trunk lid release switch P 3 20 5 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od k 3 Sonar system off switch if so ometer P 2 7 16 Steering wheel equipped P 5 53 6 Headlight fog light and turn signal morn P 2 39 i switch P 2 34 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 45 Instruments and controls 2 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem P 4 76 P 4 86 Audio system P 4 38 7 Center display P 4 3 Navigation sys tem if so equipped 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 45 10 Fuse box cover P 8 24 11 Parking brake for Automatic Trans mission models Parking P 5 21 12 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 13 Automatic climate control system P 4 31 14 Cigarette lighter and ashtray if so equipped P 2 43 or storage box if so equipped P 2 49 Power outlet if so equipped 10 11 12 13 14 15 161716 18 19 20 F 2 42 SS10671 15 Parking brake for Manual Transmis x 5 7 sion models 1 Side ventilator P 4 30 6 eu multi function control panel Parking P 5 21 2 Meters ahi a P 2 6 casts ka seme 16 Heated seat switch P 2 39 3 Center ventilator P 4 30 A ANAS A MO SY SEEM IF SO 17 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 4 Audio system P 4 38
2. ll Pause Select the 1 P key to pause the Blue tooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF Shuffle All Tracks and Shuffle Group e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks and Repeat Group Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be can celed Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Connecting procedure P 4 66 Up to 5 devices can be registered SAA2511 Connected Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the sel
3. fected SAA1499 SAA0564B e Do not use wax on the camera window Rear if so equipped Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth Open or close and adjust the air flow dampened with mild detergent diluted direction of ventilators with water X This symbol indicates that the vents are closed This symbol indicates that the vents are open SAA1500 Side ventilators 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL AQ WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is run ning e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the automatic climate control system NOTE e Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air condi tioner unit Odor can enter the passen ger compartment through the vents e When parking set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle When the
4. V Vanity mirror 3 30 Vanity mirror lights 2 57 Variable voltage control system seeeeseeeee 8 19 Vehicle Dimensions Identification number VIN Loading information Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle SOCUTITY SYSEOM 0 05 ssseesseessanacevers Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch Vehicle dynamic control VDC system Vehicle information and settings display Vehicle information display Ventilators Voice command Bluetooth Hands Free Phone SyStem scsscseessscsseeesecsssseseseesseeeseees 4 92 Voice command INFINITI voice recognition system Voice recognition system 4 100 Voice recognition Alternate command mode 4 112 Voice recognition Standard mode 006 4 100 Ww Walk in mechanism csscccsseeccssseeeessseeeeereeeeeeee 1 7 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS scccsssessscssecessceseeeesseees 5 4 6 3 Vehicle information display sess 2 20 Warning indicator lights and audible reMiNders eeeeeeseeseeeseeeseeeeeees 2 12 Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 59 Warning light Air bag warning light All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 12 Anti lock braking system ABS Warnia VENE ssri oi sirt EKER R Brake warning light Intelligent Key warning light seses 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light
5. SAA1898 SAA1899 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predic tive course lines enter the parking space 4 When the back of the vehicle enter the parking space maneuver the steer ing wheel to make the vehicle width 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor SAA1900 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 SAA1923 SAA1924 Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting The predictive course lines donottouch object the object in the display However the The po
6. 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems dation and wireless connection disrup tion While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connec tion the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions SAA2724 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER 1 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 2 Radio SCAN tuning button 3 RDM random RPT repeat play but ton RoE 9 N TRACK button SEEK CAT category button Radio tuning MP3 WMA AAC folder selector AUDIO control knob CD EJECT button Radio station preset buttons Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 No satellite radio reception is available unless a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio subscrip tion is active The audio control buttons are also located on the center multi function control panel No satellite radio reception is available unless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice rec
7. 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Specifications ssiccssisssccsssssescosssecessscossscassssssescesssss ENGIN cs sscssaccsscsssccssssaceccacstasccascssccacersssseasses cess Wheels and tires Dimensions When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUY ssiscccscevenssvaseseascdssncessssaesssavesanosss 9 11 Vehicle identification ccesccessceseceseceeeeees 9 11 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle identification number ChaASSISINUMDEN satesec eccecectesvoseeeadevacseatee vase 9 12 Engine serial number ceeseeceeseeceeeseeeees 9 12 F M V S S C MV S S certification label 9 13 Emission control information label 9 13 Tire and Loading Information label 9 13 Air conditioner specification label 9 14 Installing front license plate ee eeeeee eens 9 14 SOCOM cvesicctus eiseics dad E E E 9 15 COUDC vies cassscsevccsscsdeasivessnsysasesaesvsesessecsssees ees 9 16 Vehicle loading information cseeeeeeeeeee 9 17 TEMS sicacissassscsesacsscaaa saessesacsssssnsscsssesensessoess 9 17 Vehicle load c pacitysssssissssssssssscsssssisessssssoss 9 18 Loading PS scscessssdcscaassccesscevsssscssevecesescesess 9 19 Measurement of weights esesssssessessseessees 9 20 TOWING sai tra lel vs cciceuvisveceeeats cca caved coves veledsevdesvesaes 9 20 Flat tOWING sscs
8. SAA2479 Information Fuel Eco History Distance to Empty Aaj Fuel Economy 30 Average O00000 Fuel Economy0 10 20 Bonea Reset Fuel Eco History JVH0180M G Information gt Fuel Eco History Reset Interval SAA2480 30 20 m JBBBHE Reset Interval Latest JVHO181M Models with navigation system 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Models without navigation system Fuel Economy information The approximate distance to empty aver age fuel economy and current fuel econo Information Maintenance i Information gt Maintenance my will be displayed for reference eee Engine Oil e To reset the average fuel economy Avg we porn Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco or Oil Filter Tie 39 Reset key Tire Other Reminder If the Fuel Eco History or View key is Other Reminder 6000 12000 18000 selected the average fuel consumption 6000 12000 18000 nies miles history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period SAA2481 JVHO183M The unit can be converted between US 1 and Metric See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 The fuel economy information may differ x H Information Engine Oil
9. This may be an error due to the temperature inside the player being too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local retailer Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle in stalled DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark e The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corpora tion and other right holders is adopted for this system e This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc DTS and DTS 2 0 au are regist
10. ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system P 5 54 chel Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the transmission erake or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the fo
11. 2 24 Engine oil viscosity Engine serial number Engine specifications Engine start operation indicator Automatic Transmission models ccssscccesseeeesseeees 2 22 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Starting the engine 5 13 Event Data Recorders EDR 9 24 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide scessceereeeeee 5 3 F F M V S S C MN S S certification label 9 13 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 8 21 Changing engine oil and filter 8 11 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch Fatis 6 2 AENA AEAEE EO TTE A O 6 3 Flat tOWING vassscssscssssssesssaassavesiedosssscassoeasosasensteave 9 20 Floor Mat CLEANING ssiscisecsssacessccosssscdacssssssiseosneacses 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 13 Brake and clutch fluid ee eeesecesseeeeeeeee 8 14 Brake fluid annarai a 8 15 Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants ccseee 9 2 Engine COOlAME sissriscssssiisiscnterss irinna Engine Oilvecssvccsvissscecsesescesescastesctiseeseateesezcss Power steering fluid Window washer fluid FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD Player ess iid sS 4 51 Fog Light SWIECH siccsccccsscssssessevecssccssesesssvosesseseeass 2 39 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 53 Front power Seat adjustment 1 4 Front seat Front seat adjustment 1 4 Front seat active
12. BACK switch P 4 73 TALK switch if so equipped P 4 100 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 76 P 4 86 Volume control switches P 4 73 Source select switch P 4 73 9 Trip computer switch P 2 26 10 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 11 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 22 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 24 12 Hood release handle P 3 19 13 Intelligent Key port P 5 12 SIC4683 14 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 25 P 2 38 15 Manual tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 25 r 7 r r 12 13 14 1516 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 4 Instrument brightness control switch switch P 5 58 2 Trunk lid release switch P 3 20 5 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od k 3 Sonar system off switch if so ometer P 2 7 16 Steering wheel equipped P 5 53 6 Headlight fog light and turn signal morn P 2 39 i switch P 2 34 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 45 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 INSTRUMENT PANEL Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem P 4 76 P 4 86 Audio system P 4 38 7 Center display P 4 3 Navigation sys tem if so equipped 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 45 10 Fuse box cover P 8 24 11 Parking brake
13. Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious perso nal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI retailer Removal and installation of the preten sioner system components should be done by an INFINITI retailer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to oper ate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dama
14. If the seat belt warning light blinks even if the driver s and front passenger s seat belts are fastened it may indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT AQ WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Donot ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the se
15. Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Turn signal hazard indicator lights CRUISE Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped A KEN Seat belt warning light rv Supplemental air bag warning light 0 14 Illustrated table of contents Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ZZ SOAS is scdecccessesvdeecccsdevatessseveccesensdsaseces T 1 3 Child Safety sos casecives secenevcaces code vatestareiewed eateiedebese Front SC atS sissicsssscsccsscssaccsssscsccscssessccscedesscavesass 1 4 WIMGANES vos sscds Gasdedcccostvevcesccevessscesxsocvecosveovenees Rear SCatS cicsccsessccdssacsssccssssssccscssscccsssssasecavesses 1 8 Small CHEM sc cseiscescsesscesacssseessssvexsecsessssece Armrest if So eqUuipped eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 10 Larger children sisivssevedsesscasedssscandesetsasaasscneess Head restraintS headrests ccsecceecceeeeeeeeeee 1 11 CHING restraints eoria irenda R Adjustable head Precautions on child restraints restraint headrest components cceeeeeee 1 12 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Non adjustable head System LATCH siscsecssevssscsesssevssceneeveseusereseess 1 27 restraint headrest components 006 1 12 Rear facing ch
16. eee 2 15 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 22 Washer switch Windshield wiper and Washer Swithin 2 31 Washing ssrssessssiissrossseseristerrsssro storvesir sistis 7 2 WAXING enese eE ES 7 2 Wheel tire Si scerssississrsisirsisrisrirorsorisisdsenieiris 9 9 Wheels and tires essesesesseesreseeseserserseeesreserreeee 8 33 Care of WheelSisssscisssssseserescsasssaaessstsvasscasetsaaese 7 3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 3 Window washer fluid eee eeeseeeseeeneeeeneeeneeenee 8 15 Window s Automatic adjusting function eee 2 53 CLONING ecseri iai 7 3 Power WINdOWSiss iccsevecssassosscesscecsacsssseceseesaes 2 51 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 10 8 Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper system 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Wiper DIAG eS wisi ccssassctencesisvassscevetsaservassassesnse 8 22 X Xenon headlights cescseseeseeeseeesseeeseeeseeeeee 2 34 MEMO 10 9 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL INFORMATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precau tions e Have the fue
17. Bluetooth settings models with navigation system For details of the Bluetooth settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 76 Settings Volume amp Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2554 Volume and Beeps settings models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume select the Guidance Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 76 Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations Settings gt Switch Beeps JVHO176M Switch Beeps settings models without
18. Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction Starting and driving 5 41 CONVENTIONAL fixed speed CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal AQ WARNING e In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the pre sence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected e Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur e Always confirm the setting in the In telligent Cruise Control system display e Do not use the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed 5 42 Starting and driving on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas e Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident ACCI ox A t ee Lo Lg SSD0617 X Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch 1 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally
19. INFO e If you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems system announces the available com mands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for 0 Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial Personal vocabulary voicetags Voice Recognition System is equipped with the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone number and name in the phonebook Using the voice tag will automatically generate a speed dial to the registered number See Phonebook registration P 4 94 You can call the identified number using the following command Dial followed by the voice tag Dialling a name with a voice tag It is possible to call up a name via a voice tag instead of a number provided the name and number of your correspondent has been previously stored in the phone book Dial via a voice tag accordin
20. M MIN SDI1906A CLUTCH FLUID if so equipped Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer WINDOW WASHER FLUID SDI2027 AQ WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning appears on the vehicle information display To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season adda windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength
21. P 4 79 Delete Quick Dial The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading proce dure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details When Auto Downloaded is active the system will automatically re download the entries registered in the phone everytime it is paired with the vehicle even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Phonebook Memory Volume amp Ringtone The following kinds of phone volume can be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume amp Ringtone key can also operate the same settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Outgoing Call key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Downloaded When this item is activated the phonebook of a hands free phone is automatically downloaded at
22. SSS0100 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety P 1 23 and Child re straints P 1 25 sections before installing a child restraint INFINITI does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint man ufacturer s instructions SSS0654 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing S SS0655 Rear facing step 3 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR
23. The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key The following items are available Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Camera Sonar if so equipped Image Viewer Settings Comfort Auto Interior Illumination O ON Light Sensitivity bel Oo ON o ON 1 7 Light Off Delay Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock Cabin lighting when unlocking doors o o lt o lt Cabin lighting when unlocking doors o o lt o lt when unlocking doors SAA2488 Models with navigation system EJ Settings gt Comfort Light Off Delay Selective Door Unlock JVHO182M Models without navigation system Comfort settings Models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Models without navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is un locked L
24. button Fan speed control Push the fan speed control button to increase the fan speed Push the fan speed control button g to decrease the fan speed Push the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 Air flow control Push the MODE button to change the air flow mode t Air flows from the center and side ventilators Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets Af Air flows mainly from the foot outlets Air flows from the defroster and foot outlets t 4 r Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt gt side will illuminate The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Gy Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the 4 side and side will turn off Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manuall
25. rush hour traffic Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for the maintenance sche dule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents A cauTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air con ditioning system and will require the repla cement of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the re covery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service Your INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ37VHR Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 385 95 5 x 86 0 Displacement cu in cm 225 54 3 696 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm ence timing B T D C eee No adjustmentis necessary Spa
26. 2 COAST SET switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 4 MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system 1 CRUISE 2 CRUISE 3 SSD0618 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indica tors The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system 3 Cruise system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system inal ip Nee SSD0619 Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch A for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN switch on the Intelligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator are displayed on the vehicle information display After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator stays lit You can now Starting and driving 5 43 set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF p
27. Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth audio player AUX Turns on the AUX Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 Help Commands Command Action Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list Phone Commands Displays the phone command list Audio Commands Displays the audio command list Information Commands Displays the information command list Help Commands Displays the help command list User Guide Displays the User Guide Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems General Commands Command Action Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 Getting Started Q Let s Practice Using the Address Book Information User Guide Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking SAA2547 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and
28. Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles Starting and driving 5 57 AQ WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors elec tric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer 5 58 Starting and driving Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a
29. Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable e Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be inte grated adjustable or non adjustable Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the cen ter of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head re straint headrest If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been removed ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position SSS0992 i JVRO203X ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT HEADREST COMPONENTS 1 Removable head restraint headrest 2 Multiple notches 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NON ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE STRAINT HEADREST COMPONENTS 1 Removable head restraint headrest 2 Single notch 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks SS1037 SS1038 REMOVE Use the following procedure to remove
30. Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires P 8 33 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Models equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear When replacing a front tire make sure that the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor In case of emergency 6 7 3 6 8 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle comple tely AQ WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench In case of emergency Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened
31. Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraints with the seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt OFF A PASSENGER AIR BAG 1 Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback SSS0676 SSS0791 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light wrx installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53 Move the child restraint to another seating posi tion Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your INFINITI retailer for details SSS0790 Coupe Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats A WARNING If a booster seat and
32. Malfunction Indicator Light MIL D ao Security indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light WARNING LIGHTS AWD All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models if so equipped The awb warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See All Wheel Drive AWD P 5 48 A CAUTION If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving blinks rapidly about twice a sec ond Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible
33. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags INFINITI Ad vanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system e Roof mounted curtain side impact sup plemental air bag e Seat belt with pretensioners Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rect
34. Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs Play mode The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e mew returns to the previous screen e pil plays pauses the music selected TRACK scexcar V Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track started playing the previous track will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing the beginning of the current track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing ey REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Shuffle
35. To lock the lid use the mechanical key and turn it to the LOCK position To unlock turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK position For the mechanical key usage see Keys P 3 2 Make sure that the mechanical key is removed from the trunk pass through lid key cylinder before opening or closing the lid Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may be damaged HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS A WARNING Head restraint headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjustable head restraint headrest must be adjusted properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effective ness of the head restraint headrest This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision JVRO388X The illustration shows the seating posi tions equipped with head restraint head rest A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint m Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest
36. User Guide SAA2544 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Command List key Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2545 5 Select a category from the list 5 L___t Dial Number amp _ Previous Quick Dial Phonebook International Call Incoming Calls Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition JVHO483X Select an item If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 Commands List Phone Commands Command Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial Phonebook Call History Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Call lt name gt Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Quick Dial or Phonebook Please say Call followed by a st
37. e Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy e Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy e Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation P 9 6 5 48 Starting and driving ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped Warning light Comes on or blinks when sly There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system aa Comes on The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0336 The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two se
38. e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system mea sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator DRIVE BELTS SDI2119 Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Drive belt auto tensioner A at AQ WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or loosen ess If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI retailer Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 SPARK PLUGS AQ WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A cauTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2020 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the convention
39. heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated 0 gt gt gt 5 6 7 A cauTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that clamps do not contact any other metal Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started A cauTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable gt gt gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 9 Put the battery cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing A CAUTION e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempt ing to do so ma
40. 5 4 Starting and driving flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI retai ler e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lea
41. How to use SETTING button P 4 14 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Maintenance Engine Oil Maintenance due for Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting SAA3003 Models with navigation system SAA1611 Models without navigation system The Reminder will be automatically dis played when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the Reset Distance e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Information Others Settings GPS Position Voice Recognition Shows current GPS status SAA2483 Others information models with navigation system The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and select ing the Others key GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 100 Navigation Volume amp Beeps Audio Display Phone Clock
42. Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system While the display is showing a MAP navigation systems only STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 next station e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the list of preset stations SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will go to the next or previous category e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the XM Menu iPod if so equipped e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu CD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the fol
43. RADIO AM FM band selector button running ignition ON or ACC for a long P 4 38 time it will use up all the battery power 3 INFINITI controller P 4 5 and the engine will not start 4 OFF brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 9 5 INFO vehicle information button P 4 9 6 DISC selector button P 4 38 7 STATUS status display button P 4 9 8 SETTING button P 4 14 When you use this system make sure the engine is running 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1541 Models with navigation system SAA1508 Models without navigation system HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial G and push the ENTER button for operation If you push the BACK button before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After the setup is completed push the BACK button and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button 6 functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system A cauTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sha
44. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain air bag system compo nents will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bags This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized
45. Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play mode 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be played Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle Select the preferred language for sub title Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode Bluetooth STREAMING AUDIO models with navigation system Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth de vice and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio fi
46. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health COUPE A CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of front doors The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To disconnect the nega
47. TRIP A B RESET p SIC3259 l O 0000 08 JVI0971X Coupe Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer Q and twin trip odometer are displayed on the vehicle informa tion display when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP A B RESET switch at the bottom left of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP A B RESET switch for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available See Vehicle information display P 2 20 and How to use STATUS button P 4 9 Instruments and controls 2 7 o SIC4290 WE SIC4291 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone A cauTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage 2 8 Instruments and controls ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal ra
48. Tire replacement indicator 2 24 Tire rotation 8 41 Tires Pat tines reer varer rere orev err NEATE 6 3 Low tire pressure warning system 5 4 Spare LING sessstesvesssnssecsveesevessv vanes wee 8 44 Tire and Loading Information label 8 35 9 13 8 40 Tire Chains eeeeeeseeseeee Tire dressing Tire pressure Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Types of tires Uniform tire quality grading Wheel tire size 6 wee 9 9 Wheels and tires Touch screen system Towing Flat towing Tow truck towing Towing a trailer TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Tire pressure warning system Trailer TOWING s iis isasctavesavsasavecossessanssssacvcesssdstases Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 13 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with manual transmission 5 19 Transmission shift lever lock release 5 18 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 15 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country Trip computer TIP OdOMEtET ecisssesccccssccsssnsieseaeveasersevensavsase Trunk Pass through Trunk lid Trunk lid release switch sesser Trunk open request switch Trunk release power cancel switch Turn signal switch Underbody cleaning s es Uniform tire quality grading USB memory operation
49. Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command Speak a voice command within 5 seconds after the beep sound If no voice command is given the system will ask you for a number If no further command is given the session ends Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words SAA2643 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the switch located on the steering wheel Telephone Menu Sy 0 00 u Call J u Connect Phone u Phonebook u u Recent Calls l a Help Enter Manual Mode ey Exit SAA2574 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phone book Recent Calls Connect Phone or Help After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to 3 speak a command See the List of voice commands P 4 92 for the voice command list Speak Call for exam ple INFO Voice commands cannot be recognized as long as the screen icon is not in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 command recognition mode 3 4 The system acknowledges the com mand and announces the next set of available commands 5 After the tone sounds speak the phone number 6 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available comm
50. able on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance AQ WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustain
51. ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LIGHTS 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself JVMO0099X SEDAN 1 Front turn signal light and parking light 2 Headlight high and low beam 3 Front side marker light 4 Map light 5 Rear personal light 6 Fog light 7 Step light 8 Trunk light 9 High mounted stop light 10 License plate light 11 Back up light 12 Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker light SDI2702 COUPE CONAURWN PB Parking light Headlight high and low beam Front turn signal light Map light Fog light Front side marker light Step light High mounted stop light on the rear parcel shelf or in the rear spoiler Trunk light License plate light 11 12 Back up light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker light Note that when the factory spoiler is installed the rear parcel shelf high mounted stop light is still present but it is disabled and replaced by the rear spoiler high mounted stop light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 HEADLIGHTS Replacing Xenon headlight bulb A WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI retailer For addi tional inform
52. floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0134A AQ WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle
53. for Automatic Trans mission models Parking P 5 21 12 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 13 Automatic climate control system P 4 31 14 Cigarette lighter and ashtray if so equipped P 2 43 or storage box if so equipped P 2 49 Power outlet if so equipped 10 11 12 13 14 15 161716 18 19 20 F 2 42 SS10671 15 Parking brake for Manual Transmis x 5 7 sion models 1 Side ventilator P 4 30 6 eu multi function control panel Parking P 5 21 2 Meters ahi a P 2 6 casts ka seme 16 Heated seat switch P 2 39 3 Center ventilator P 4 30 A ANAS A MO SY SEEM IF SO 17 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 4 Audio system P 4 38 equipped P 2 41 5 Clock P 2 42 Vehicle information and setting 18 Rear window and outside mirror buttons P 4 9 defroster switch P 2 34 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 19 20 Glove box lid release handle P 2 47 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 21 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 11 METERS AND GAUGES nh w SIC4288 Tachometer P 2 8 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 7 Warning Indicator lights P 2 12 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 Speedometer P 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 8 5 Vehicle information display P 2 20 BWNPR 0 12 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT 10 Drive belts P 8 19
54. have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking Starting and driving 5 49 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS SJ Ca cer A Be NIN SN IN INTIS 5 A WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents 5 50 Starting and driving SD1006MA e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P Park for Automatic Transmission AT model or in an appropriate gear for Manual Trans mission MT model Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move un expectedly or roll away and result in an accident e Make sure the automatic transmission shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot 1 brake pedal Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse gear When parking on an uph
55. it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer KEY 6 Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact an INFINITI retailer for repair as soon as possible Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the vehicle information display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information l
56. maximum set speed See Approach warning P 5 38 The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode e When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 25 and 90 MPH 40 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is between approximately 20 MPH 32 km h and up to the set speed e When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehi cle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion Starting and driving 5 29 wage SSD0252 The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorc
57. on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions e Stationary and slow moving vehicles e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane This system will not automatically brake the vehicle to a stop AQ WARNING e As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decele rate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles Although the brake operation is con trolled by the system the system does not automatically stop the vehicle If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled and a warning chime sounds The brake control is also canceled The system may not detect the veh
58. phone and voice recognition systems Compressed Video Files models mined by the bit rate used when with navigation system encoding the file Explanation of terms e DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy compression of video based on MPEG 4 e AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Inter leave It is a standard file format originated by Microsoft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However not all the avi files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the Divx codec e ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 Requirement for Supporting Video Playback Bluetooth Audio player models Media CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory with navigation system File Systems CD 1S09660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark CD R 1S09660 UDF1 5 UD
59. sibility of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION en ST10431 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration Technical and consumer information 9 11 STI0492 STI0509 STI0493 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment 9 12 Technical and consumer information ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown STI0707 F MNV S S C M V S S CERTIFICA TION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C MV S S certifica tion label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully STI0422 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached as shown STI0494 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 13 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Mou
60. side mirrors P 3 29 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch When the memory is stored in the memory switch 1 or 2 a buzzer will sound If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds push the jg button on the Intelligent Key If the indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion and then push the g button on the Intelligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the indicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset th
61. wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or clea ners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polish ing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corro sion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It
62. wiper system when you use a car wash Using genuine wiper blades is recom mended for proper operation of the rain sensing auto wiper system See Windshield wiper blades P 8 22 for wiper blade replacement 2 33 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH w SIC3239 To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AQ WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI retai ler e Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer and have the headlights adjusted cor rectly A cauTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster 2 34 Instruments and controls When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its br
63. 1 2 PC e Second generation iPod Classic firm ware version 2 0 PC e First generation iPod touch firmware version 2 1 e Second generation iPod touch firm ware version 2 1 1 e First generation iPod nano firmware version 1 3 1 e Second generation iPod nano firm ware version 1 1 3 e Third generation iPod nano firmware version 1 1 PC e Third generation iPhone firmware version 2 1 Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX or DISC button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod DISC or AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX or AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the vehicle display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle display is similar to the iPod interface Use the INFINITI controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Now Playing Playlists Artists Albums
64. 11 Coolant reservoir P 8 9 12 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 JVCO332X VQ37VHR ENGINE Fuse fusible link holder P 8 24 Battery P 8 16 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 AUNE Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Trans mission models P 8 14 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 Air cleaner P 8 21 Radiator filler cap P 8 9 Illustrated table of contents 0 13 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light Name Warning light Name AWD All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models if so equipped ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light bs J ee Indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Name AT CHECK Automatic Transmission check warning light if so equipped Brake warning light Charge warning light P 1 Automatic Transmission posi tion indicator light if so equipped Exterior light indicator PASSENGER OFF AIR BAG ba Front fog light indicator light Front passenger air bag status light Engine oil pressure warning light D High beam indicator light Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped Intelligent Key warning light SERVICE ENGINE SOON
65. 85 fuel in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster in take valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the Technical and consumer information 9 5 above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer or o
66. All Wheel Drive AWD if so equipped 5 48 Parking parking on Hills 2 0 0 0 eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeee 5 50 Sonar system if so equipped eeeeeeeeeeeee 5 51 Sonar indicators nra a R 5 52 Sonar system OFF switch seessssssssesssesseesssee 5 53 POWEF Steering sass ccesvdecessscvsaccssvcsstesscescscstnsdtesses 5 53 Brake SYSt M sssssisssssssisisscsssoressossrosossosessssssosssiss 5 54 Braking Precautions s sssssssssassssisssissssssossssseess 5 54 Parking brake break in ce eeceeseeeeeeeeseeeeee 5 54 Brake ASSISE cccieiessieacsvalesavevicveveeexdedes bevenenisiacesees 5 55 Brake ASSiStssescsccsvcesesentvertesea teres csiesvestavercesess 5 55 Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models scccceeeeeeees Anti lock Braking System ABS Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 58 Cold weather driving cecceseseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeee 5 60 Freeing a frozen door lock ceeceeeeeeeeee eee 5 60 ANRC OZG scccssssscdecccsesscotescesssenteevesevesseasescases 5 60 Battery sas cacicsseasacesssvesdscssenssescessvviesasessvessaeces 5 60 Draining of coolant water cceeeeeeeeeee wees 5 60 Tire SQUIPMONE vccsesesscasdecs exsissecossscsasseescusesone 5 60 Special winter equipment eeeeeeee eee 5 61 Driving ON SNOW OF ICC ceeeceeeee essen eee eeeeee 5 61 Engine block heater for Canada only 5 61 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
67. Bags Front seat mounted side impact sup 6 plemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact 7 supplemental air bags Occupant classification system con trol unit Occupant classification sensor pat tern sensor Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators 8 Satellite sensors if so equipped 9 Seat belt pretensioners 10 Air bag Control Unit ACU INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification require ments under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada All of the informa tion cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inf
68. Bluetooth SAA2484 Models with navigation system EJ Settings Audio JVHO261M Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed Settings Audio For navigation settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual Bg Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol GIE E 1 7 SAA2485 Models with navigation system Settings gt Audio Bass C Donnan e Treble C ononon Balance C 00000000000 CR Fader Precision Phased Audio o A H Ce 000000000E l JVH0251X Models without navigation system 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Tre ble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Precision Phased Audio if so equipped When this item is turned to ON super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are emphasized and midrange sound is played naturally Speed Sensitive
69. C Information gt Engine Oil from the information displayed on the Goon 219000 18000 vehicle information display This is due to aes p 3 ai 6000 12000 18000 the timing difference in updating the Interval information and does not indicate a mal C 8000 miles gt function Reminder ON Reset Distance 6000 12000 18000 6000 12000 18000 miles miles SAA2482 JVH0184M Models with navigation system Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be dis played for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information 1 Set the interval mileage of the main tenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See
70. Commands SAA2551 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list e Phone Commands e Navigation Commands e Information Commands e Audio Commands e Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts Sw Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2552 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to 3 speak the command that the system requested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command correctly the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 None to Stored Settings Speaker Adaptation Edit User Name User 1 Delete Voice Data Continuous Learning oO ON Identify voice data by adding a name SAA2553 Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recognition system
71. Hazard indicator and horn mode DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK Intelligent Key system Using door handle or trunk request switch Remote keyless entry system Using Q or button HOLD Hazard indicator mode Intelligent Key system Using door handle or trunk request switch HAZARD twice OUTSIDE CHIME twice HAZARD twice HORN once DOOR LOCK HAZARD twice OUTSIDE CHIME none HAZARD once OUTSIDE CHIME once HAZARD once HORN none DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD none OUTSIDE CHIME none HAZARD none OUTSIDE CHIME 4 times HAZARD none HORN none TRUNK UNLOCK HAZARD none OUTSIDE CHIME none Remote keyless entry system Using A or button HOLD HAZARD twice HORN none 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments HAZARD none HORN none HAZARD none HORN none Switching procedure To switch the hazard indicator and horn chime operation push the LOCK A and UNLOCK gQ buttons on the Intel ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND E HORN MODE Fal HAZARD once HORN once 1 HAZARD 3 times Push 4 a for more than 2 sec m HAZARD INDICATOR MODE ai Push 8 for mo
72. Level of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Reverse position the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunc tion When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be dis played clearly This is not a malfunc tion Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluores cent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment This is not a malfunction Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 VENTILATORS e If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the RearView Monitor may not display object clearly Clean the cam era e Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely af
73. Push button igni tion switch P 5 9 3 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the 2 22 Instruments and controls vehicle 4 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog nized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system P 3 7 for more details 5 SHIFT P warning Automatic Transmission models This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the shift lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also s
74. Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Random 1 Folder Random Normal Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected on the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is being played the music information listed below will be displayed on the screen e Folder title File title Song title Album Title Artist 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Menu Movie Playback Folder List Track List Play Mode SAA2502 Menu models with navigation system There are some options available during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following infor mation for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switch ing to the movie playback mode e Play Mode Select the preferred play mode 0 00 00 Wide Settings SAA2503 Movie file operation models with navigation system Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images Oe PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system o
75. STATUS button is pushed the automatic climate control status screen will appear See How to use STATUS button P 4 9 Status Audio off on 75 SMMC 75 SAA2723 Models with navigation system f Status Audio OFF Driver Passenger gt 79 F Vad 75 F o S oo000 DUAL SAA1520 Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button if so equipped SON ats e SAA1527 1 AUTO automatic climate control ON 9 to rear window defroster button button Temperature control dial dri See Rear window and outside mirror ver side defroster switch P 2 34 2 A C air conditioner ON OFF button 10 a lt intake air control button pe Sees fan speed increase button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL 4 lt p front defroster button 5 MODE manual air flow control but Type A if 39 equipped ton Automatic operation 6 DUAL zone control ON OFF button Cooling and or dehumidified heating Temperature control dial passenger AUTO side i This mode may be used all year round The 7 OFF button for climate control sys system works automatically to control the tem inside temperature air flow distribution 8 Ss fan speed decrease button and
76. SWITCH JVS0022X The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator light will illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system P 5 58 2 41 Instruments and controls CLOCK SIC3325 If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 2 To set the clock backward push the button 2 3 To move forward or backward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds For details about display clock adjustment if so equipped see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 2 42 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET Automatic transmission models V2 A i SIC4684 Manual transmission models SIC4316 Automatic transmission models The power outlet is located in the center console if so equipped and storage box A cauTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during
77. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you A door is not closed securely Close the door securely When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for approximately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM A WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retai ler The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key w
78. UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 5 Models with navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Cannot play Check if the disc or t
79. When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle When closing the door after get ting out of the vehicle When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK The inside warning chime sounds continu ously The inside warning chime sounds continu ously The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position The ignition switch is in the ACC posi tion The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Key port The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli gent Key port Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the outside chime sounds continuously Automatic Transmission models The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and all the doors unlock The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is not in the P Park position The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk Move the shift lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the request switch or LOCK button on the Intelligent Key to lock the door The outside chime sounds for a few seconds
80. Window cannot be closed using the In telligent Key The door window can also be operated by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See Doors P 3 4 Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button on the HOLD Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3 button on the key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK g button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK A button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK g button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17
81. and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain perchlorate materi al The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc Bluetooth and licensed to Visteon Corpora tion and Clarion Co Ltd SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately lt Siriusxm Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com QY INFINITI 2014 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechan ical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM INFINITI CARES Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI
82. and driving VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following dis tance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle The ICC system is designed to automati cally check the sensor s o
83. and the fan control to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommenda tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic when ever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compart ment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 3 THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AY WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or elec trical systems can cause overrich fuel
84. announces the next set of available commands 4 Speak Yes The system acknowl edges the command and makes the call 5 Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel RECEIVING A CALL When the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE To reject a call when the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Telephone Menu Sy u digits u u Mute on off m u Transfer Handset a Help Enter Manual Mode A Go Back SAA2581 DURING A CALL During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e digits Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For exam ple if directed to dial an extension by an automated system Speak Sending one two three four The system acknowledges the com mand and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 call e Mute on off Use the Mute com mand to mute the user s voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute the user s voice e Transfer Handset Use the Transfer Handset command to transf
85. are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53 Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the front air bag inflates SSS0007 SSS0008 SSS0006 SSS0009 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 SSS0099 SSS0100 A WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt
86. backing Always turn and look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely eliminate blind spots and may not show every object e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Do not put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is installed above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunc tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock Monitor climate audio phone and
87. be adjusted higher or lower in the SONAR setting display See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 for the Sonar settings SSD0928 _ RearView Monitor display Corner sonar indicator Center sonar indicator SONAR INDICATOR With the Sonar Display key ON in the Sonar settings when the corner center sonar detects obstacles near the bumper a tone will sound and the sonar indicator will appear in the center display When the RearView Monitor is displayed the sonar indicator will appear in the upper corner of the display The sonar indicators and indicate the position of the object and the distance to the object with its color and rate of blinking When an object is detected the indicator green appears and blinks the tone sounds intermittently When the vehicle moves closer to the object the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of blinking increases the rate of the tone increases When the bumper is very close to the object less than 11 8 in 30 cm away the indicator stops blinking and turns red the tone sounds continuously When the RearView Monitor is displayed the colors of the sonar indicator and the distance guide lines in the rear view indicate different distances to the object The sonar indicator can be turned off in the SONAR setting display See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 for the Sonar settings When the sonar indicator is of
88. be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer SSS0644 LATCH rigid mounted attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Installing top tether strap P 1 37 When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint SSS0791 NN SSS0790 Coupe Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Installing top tether strap P 1 37 If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult an INFINITI retailer for details A WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN ST
89. black out but will soon recover e If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momen tarily black out but will soon recover Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC Explanation of terms e MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digi tal audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approxi mately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people e WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compres sion than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 e AAC MAA if so equipped Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file T
90. can be purchased A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at INFINITI retailerships Genuine INFINITI Owner s Manual can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www infiniti techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals con tact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest INFINITI retailer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you Technical and consumer information 9 25 MEMO 9 26 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System esses 5 57 Advanced air bag system seeseeseesereeereeeeee 1 51 Air bag system Advanced air bag system sa 1 51 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 53 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag SYSTEM cscccacsssessssecersconassessssasosazeess 1 56 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag system cece 1 56 Air bag warning labels sc eeseesseseeereeeseeeeee 1 59 Air bag w
91. closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see Vehicle information and settings P 4 9 the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is go off L opened OFF position c ee the cover is closed the light will turn When the switch is in the OFF position 6 the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition A cauTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery SIC2064 Type A if so equipped The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged SIC3869 Type B if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 57 TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated aft
92. confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear Seat The INFINITI advanced air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger Seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front pas senger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AQ WARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal in
93. daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position SIC3257 Instruments and controls 2 37 BRIGHTNESS MAX BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS MIN SIC3270 2 38 Instruments and controls Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is operated the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode Push the upper switch to brighten the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the maximum brightness MAX appears on the display Push the lower switch to dim the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the minimum brightness MIN appears on the display However MIN does not appear during the nighttime The vehicle information display returns to the normal display under the following conditions e when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds e when the side or front of the J switch or switch on the right side of the combination meter panel is pushed SIC3271 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up
94. ends the VR session Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer the phonebook data stored in a cellular phone to the system The system acknowledges the com mand and asks the user to initiate a transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via a Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for more infor mation The system repeats the number and prompts the user for the next command After entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if the user would like to store another location for the same name If the user does not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete a specific number or all numbers in the phonebook The system an nounces the names of the phone numbers already stored in the system The system then gives the option to delete a specific number or all num bers Once the user chooses to delete a number or all numbers the system asks the user to confirm Help The system announces the available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 Telephone Menu Sy Pecent Calls u Redial u Callback u Outgoing u Help Enter Manual Mode A Go
95. engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See Trip compu ter P 2 26 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Trip compu ter P 2 26 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See Trip computer P 2 26 AQ WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks including tire pressure checks See Changing wheels and tires P 8 41 Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the
96. fan speed increase button and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the gy front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase gg or decrease buttons to manually con trol the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the intake air control button a gt lt gt to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode qq Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button a gt lt gt to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the Monitor climate audio
97. fan speed after the preferred tempera 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ture is set manually 1 3 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed Turn the temperature control dial dri ver side to set the desired tempera ture e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or the pas senger side temperature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button Avisible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the front defroster button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the
98. has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting com mands one by one 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Minimize voice feedback for Alter nate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key 5 The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message The system fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List P 4 106 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized
99. hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior P 7 2 Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed A WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission mod els move the shift lever to N Neutral For automatic transmission models move the shift lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts
100. in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Com mand Mode P 4 122 Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance Settings Others Settings Voice Recognition Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529 Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Highlight the Others key 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Alternate Command Mode Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2543 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the following procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode 1 2 3 4 Information Voice Recognition Information Command List Information Command List Display the commands of voice recognition
101. indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on Steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the Si light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction ex ists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection main tenance test See Readiness for Inspec tion Maintenance I M test US only P 9 24 Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunc tion has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The E light should turn off after a few driving trips If the 8 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retai ler You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine mi
102. initiate the next step 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the press hold release se quence up to 3 times to complete the programming process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are de signed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Pro gramming HomeLink procedures re place Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the following NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cy cling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components Step 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During programming your hand held transmitter may automaticall
103. input screen The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth audio device after step 5 Select the OK key Settings Connect Bluetooth Bluetooth Audio XXXX_ Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is XXXX Cancel SAA3006 5 The standby message screen will ap pear Operate the compatible Blue tooth audio device For the connecting procedure of the audio device see the Bluetooth audio in structions When the connecting is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0 11 SAA2510 Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 or DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and
104. is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake SAA2492 Full Screen Display The full screen display will appear when selecting the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the INFINITI controller e gt Start Select the key to start playing the slideshow e 7 Stop Select the gt key to stop the slideshow e m_ Next Select the key to display the next 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems file e _ _ Previous Select the key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are available for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slidesho
105. mode child re straint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted SSS0656 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 SSS0657 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt S SS0658 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat
106. no obstruc tions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are ob structed Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors SSS0637 LATCH lower anchor location Sedan SSS0670 LATCH lower anchor location Coupe 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0643 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also
107. not route the anten na wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI retailer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system AQ WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON posi
108. of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone SAA2532 Getting Started Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address
109. of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning ligh
110. or down to the point where lights begin flashing SIC3272 FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 42 position then turn the switch tothe 40 position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate HORN SIC3312 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS AQ WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury cauTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immedi
111. plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts AQ WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Starting and driving 5 61 e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury 5 62 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher SWitch ccceseeeeees 6 2 JUMP Starting sesvsscsssvevescasissesesessceriosssoeseoseasasesesces 6 9 Roadside assistance Program seeseeseeceeseeeeeee 6 2 Pushstartin E sisser cevseescedevdsvaveseauy EENES EERE 6 11 Emergency engine shut off eesssessessseeseees 6 3 If your vehicle overheatS ssesssessssessessssessses 6 11 Flat tire ssscccsssssssccassccess
112. position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the jg position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side SPA2470 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Sedan The child safety rear door lock helps prevent doors from being opened acciden tally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock position INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM AY WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the p
113. prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in appropriate road and traffic conditions In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode SELECTING THE VEHICLE TO VEHI CLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE Push the MAIN switch A to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Always confirm the setting in the Intelli gent Cruise Control system display ACCEL RE SSD0604 For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode P 5 42 To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode Q quickly push and release the MAIN switch A Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In th
114. procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AQ WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL SDI2045 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 3 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level sh
115. push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Le s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owners Manual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owners Manual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recogni tion settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from INFINITI V
116. s side floor mats have a grommet hole incorporated in them Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grom met hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned 7 6 Appearance and care SAI0057 The illustration shows the location of the floor mat brackets SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See Seat belts P 1 16 A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemi cal solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative hum
117. screen The display brightness can also be ad justed using the brightness UP button or brightness DOWN button if so equipped Push and hold the OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation if so equipped information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle See the following for details Information Fuel Economy Weather Info Maintenance Map Update Where am Navigation Version Traffic Info Models with navigation system GJ Information SAA2478 a 3 Fuel Economy H H g Maintenance po Po SAA1511 Models without navigation sys tem Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel Select an item from the INFO menu After viewing or adjusting the informa tion on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for the following items Where am I Traffic Info Weather Info Map Update Navigation Version Information Fuel Economy G Information gt Fuel Economy Distance to Empty REKK Avg Fuel Econ 26 0 Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Eco History Fuel Econ
118. shift to the selected Instruments and controls 2 17 gear due to a transmission protection mode the AT position indicator light will blink and a chime will sound See Automatic transmission P 5 14 for further details pa Exterior light indicator This indicator illuminates when the head light switch is turned to the AUTO if so equipped or 25 position and the front side marker lights the front parking lights instrument panel lights rear com bination lights license plate lights or headlights are on The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off 0 Front fog light indicator light The front fog light indicator light illumi nates when the front fog lights are on See Fog light switch P 2 39 peg Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light r will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used 2 18 Instruments and controls For front passenger air bag status light operation see INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats P 1 51 of this manual ZO High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected SERVICE mene Malfunction Indicator Light If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may
119. side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag
120. speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer mls or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time 4 Distance to empty dte mls or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level
121. ss ea dvs ccavescadecdvaseesecte te sedvaceveccstesse 7 5 WaXIN Ss sccscscssicessnsscaxsosetvesveescsvees pees Floor mats Removing spots Seat DeltS scccicccsssccsssccesssscsscesacsssscsssscsssazaessass WAG ERD OGY visciess cosacssssesiessencsvassdsensessesss sees as Corrosion protectio c0 sccceccsecessacssavecassssasecsveasecs 7 7 E e A E E Most common factors contributing to WHEE lSvecseesestectvesccaitcecesetieaatecesieatsevegentesdecens vehicle COMOSION s sessssssesessessseressesrseressesesesees 7 7 GChrOMes Part cissecd 55 lt cccsseckssaedeveacedees NENE Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dreSSing cccscscescscccesesesessescecececenccesereees OF COMOSION sisssisissssccccasccdssscesesscsssssassssacesvcsses 7 7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the pain
122. sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your vehicle at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI retailer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through techni cal bulletins service tips and in retailer ship information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles befor
123. surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e Ifthe engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AQ WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play e This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less e The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met 1 When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal 2 If the driver does not operate the accelerator or brake pedal within appr
124. system models with naviga tion system P 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 SAA1772 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK PHONE SEND button Quick Dial Volume amp Ringtone Call History Connect Phone Phonebook Connected Phone Dial Number JVH0473X CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the PHONE button or the button and select the Connect Phone key 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look for a Bluetooth device called MY CAR When requested by the handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search Connects a phone using Bluetooth SAA2520 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Blue tooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellu lar phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth or call INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones When the connection process is com pleted the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the Con
125. system may result in accident fire or electric shock e Incase you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or 6 notice smoke or smell coming from it SAA1523 stop using the system immediately and _ Models with navigation system contact your nearest INFINITI retailer 1 STATUS status display button 9 DISC AUX selector button P 4 38 Ignoring such conditions may lead to P 4 9 12 INFO vehicle and navigation infor accidents fire or electric shock 2 6 7 10 11 mation button P 4 9 For navigation system control buttons 13 SETTING button P 4 14 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual e Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen 3 INFINITI controller P 4 5 4 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Do not attempt to operate the system in Phone System button P 4 76 extreme temperature conditions below 5 OFF brightness control and 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C display ON OFF button P 4 9 Operating this system under these condi 8 AM FM SAT band selector button tions may result in system malfunctions P 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 RADIO am rm eor 3 SAA1524 Models without navigation system 1 AUX button P 4 38 If you use the system with the engine not 2
126. take the following pre cautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufac turer s instructions before using air fresh eners FLOOR MATS AQ WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your INFINITI retailer for more information e Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid P 7 6 The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular clean ing and replaced if they become exces sively worn Appearance and care 7 5 Ye SS SAI0031 Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brack ets to act as floor mat positioning aids NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s and passenger
127. than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system P 1 45 INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child restraint with a harness Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recom mendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi cle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supple
128. the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode secar w Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio device will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the Blue tooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen ev REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM To change the play mode push the button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal Shuffle All Tracks Shuffle Group Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks Repeat Group Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller gt Play Select the gt key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play
129. the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is work ing properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing light P 2 17 If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light amp illuminates in the instrument panel The VDC system auto matically turns off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator light amp illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC warning light amp flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the VDC warning light amp will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing light P 2 17 and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light P 2 19 The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal T
130. tires to the four wheels correctly A Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illumi nates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle information display No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door trunk open warning Loose fuel cap warning Check tire pressure warning See Vehicle information display P 2 20 cruise Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer amp Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will i
131. to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints P 1 25 for details 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0188A e The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some 5550140 5550159 examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold A WARNING onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you Front seat mounted side impact supplemen may be seriously i
132. to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar SCE0662 SCE0696 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed Securely store the flat tire and jacking L i e Whenever working on or near a battery equipment in the vehicle always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire Close the trunk A WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dan gerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires P 8 33 A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre sent in the vicinit
133. trunk lid release ee ceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 22 F el filler GOOF si sissisasciscetssieseessdvascecevsansseasabeseces 3 22 Opening the fuel filler door eeseeeeeeeee 3 23 Fuel filler CAP sacs cvscecccasesccctessccnssasavedeodsvesvose lt 3 23 Tilt telescopic Steering 2 0 eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 25 Manual operation if so equipped 3 26 Electric operation if so equipped 3 26 SUN VISOFS steerer anane Eaa OEE ANSEES A Sedan 00 COUPE sssssssiisssss MINOS cecceieecscccccessteteieiscs iasavecescobdnceeserscsectssies Inside MUNTOM sesccssccsessccsssssessssessssscassscsesssecess Outside mirrors Vanity MIM ORs evicesccecessesvesveiscastecesdsevisesncessses Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 31 Seat synchronization function ee 3 31 MeMOTry Storage ccceecsecseceeceecesceseeseesees 3 32 SYSTEM operation 2 icscacsisesssaescoesacessosescssnsess 3 33 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number INFINITI does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplica
134. vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet 1 2 Wear indicator Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI retailer For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and l
135. vehicle information display is located between the tachometer and the speedometer and it displays the auto matic transmission position indicator if so equipped the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so equipped information the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information For details about the automatic transmis sion position indicator see Indicator lights P 2 17 For details about the ICC system see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system P 5 24 For the details about the Intelligent Key system see Intelligent Key system P 3 7 WARNING RELEASE PARKING BRAKE LOOSE WARNING e FUEL CAP RANGE O00mues O RESET WARNING CHECK TIRE PRESSURE CRUISE SET CRUISE JVI0534X Instruments and controls 2 21 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator Automatic Transmission models This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Intelligent Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key needs to be inserted into the Intelli gent Key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the Intelli gent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction See
136. washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove SDI2048 A cauTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be da maged from wind pressure SDI2362 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is eq
137. your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Mea surement of weights P 9 20 Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading could not only short en the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to ha zardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty Technical and consumer information 9 19 MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that c
138. 11 The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 NOTE e You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 continuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recommended for improved recognition See Giving voice com mands P 4 104 You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Call command for all other formats If you say Change Number during phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers If the system does not recognize your command please try repeating the command using a natural voice Speak ing too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1588 Example 2 Placing an international call to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel 2 Speak Phone after the system an nounces Voice Recognition Phone Yul J Dial Number J Quick Dial J Phonebook Wy Call History 4 International Call HL To exit hold the TALK swi
139. 3587 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Hang up Finish the call Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is se lected Mute will be canceled Switch Call Select Switch Call to answer another incoming call By selecting Hang up you can end a call and can speak to a caller who is on hold again This function may not be usable depending on the model of phone To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 O m Yul E Settings Phone Download Phonebook Volume amp Ringtone Auto Downloaded Add or edit phonebook entries JVHO480X PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Quick Dial To edit the Quick Dial use the same procedure as described in Quick Dial
140. 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone the phonebook System models with navigation system P 4 76 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 MEMO 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Exhaust gas carbon MOnOxXide s esceseeeees 5 3 Three way Catal St 0 5 cccscsscevsevesvevessesacesecoosss 5 4 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 4 Avoiding collision and rollover ceeeeeeeeeee 5 6 Off road recovery inc ccsossssvesesisnassssacensscsiseconss cane 5 7 Rapid air pressure LOSS cs eeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeees 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 All Wheel Drive AWD driving safety precautions AWD models ssscccsesceeeeeees 5 8 Push button ignition SWitCh ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 9 Intelligent Key SySteM cceeeecceseeeeeeseeeeeeeee 5 9 Operating range for engine start function 5 10 Push button ignition switch operation 5 10 Push button ignition switch positions 5 11
141. 45 70R18 pen the tire and also provides the tire 2 Three digit number 215 This 107M identification number TIN for safety number gives the width in milli standard certification The TIN can be meters of the tire from sidewall used to identify the tire in case of a edge to sidewall edge recall 3 Two digit number 60 This num ber known as the aspect ratio Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This num ber is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX XX XXX XXX XXXX t t tt 2 3 A 5 6 DOT t 1 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The sym bol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number Two digit code Manufacturer s identification mark Two digit code Tire size 4 5 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Man
142. 6 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child re straint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 SSS0647 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack S SS0638 Forward facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all chil
143. ALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety P 1 23 and Child re straints P 1 25 sections before installing a child restraint INFINITI does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0648 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors SSS0649 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 SSS0639 Rear facing step 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the w
144. AND DRIVING A WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide A WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt gt air recirculation to off
145. Back u Incoming u Missed SAA2584 Recent Calls e Incoming Use the Incoming command to make a call viewing the list of incoming calls e Missed Use the Missed command to make a call viewing the list of missed calls e Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to make a call viewing the list of outgoing calls e Redial Use the Redial command to dial the last outgoing call e Callback Use the Callback command to dial the last incoming call e Help The system announces the available commands 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu Sy 0 00 Connect Phone u Add Phone J u Replace Phone m Bluetooth On Off u Delete Phone a Help Enter Manual Mode A Go Back u Select Phone SAA2585 Connect Phone e Add Phone Use the Pair Phone command to con nect a compatible phone to the Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones connected Up to 5 phones can be connected If the user tries to connect a sixth phone the system announces that the user must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If the user tries to connect a phone that has already been connected to the vehicle system the system announces the name that th
146. C system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE CRUISE SSD0616 Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the ICC system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the ICC system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer aS CO SD1170 Type A if so equipped SSD1169 Type B if so equipped Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system A is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer
147. D tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure In case of emergency 6 3 sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic trans mission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse gear Manual trans mission models 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assis tance personnel that you need assis tance 6 Have all pass
148. Emergency engine Shut Off ceeeeeeeeeseee eee Intelligent Key battery discharge Before starting the engine Starting the engine eee Drivin the vehicle sssri aseaine Automatic transmiSssSion esssessseseseesesseeeeseess Manual Transmission ssesssssessesseossesssssesseesse Parking brake isiscssiscasesecccascssesscssssasessesscsssessassss Automatic transmission models 006 Manual Transmission models cssceeeeee CEUISE COMOL eirin nna BEEE NA 5 22 Precautions on cruise control ce0008 5 22 Cruise control operationS sessssesseesssesssee 5 23 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if SO CGUIPPOd issic cx sevenve deus evs eer eE ar Nea 5 24 Selecting the vehicle to vehicle distance CONE MOE S sssisccesacs cscdacsescesdeccestesssceveddeses 5 25 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 25 Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance control MOE sssrinin 5 26 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode OPeratiON sisi scscssersccvescoresceasssescasecesesss 5 28 Conventional fixed speed cruise CONEOW MOE vessscsesrcceaciccesntecessecscsedesscesteseess 5 42 Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models 5 46 Break in schedule vas sevsccccessveacess coseesececsnencsssecvess 5 46 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips c ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 46 Increasing fuel economy eseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 5 48
149. F2 0 owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and CD RW 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported licensed to Clarion Co Ltd DVD Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista x DVDR based computer are not supported e Some Bluetooth audio devices may DVD RW VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported not be recognized by the in vehicle DVD RW DL audio system USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 e It is necessary to set up the wireless File Types divx avi Video Codecs DivX3 DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 connection between a compatible Blue Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM tooth audio device and the in vehicle asf Video Codec ISO MPEG4 Bluetooth module before using the AudionGudek bane Bluetooth audio player Bit Rates divx avi Maximum Average 4Mbps Operating procedure of the Bluetooth audio player will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system e The Bluetooth audio player may be stopped under the following condi tions Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone e Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degra Maximum Peak 8Mbps Resolution divx avi Minimum 32 x 32 Maximum 720 x 480 asf Minimum 32 x 32 Maximum 720 x 576
150. For the compass if so equipped opera tion see Compass P 2 9 For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver operation see HomeLink Universal Transceiver P 2 58 OUTSIDE MIRRORS AQ WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch 2 Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper ated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 SPA1829 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments SIC2064 Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped SIC3869 VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has the following features e Seat synchronization function e M
151. For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2015 Infiniti Q40 Owners Manual Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It integrates advanced engineering and superior crafts manship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Ja panese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is included in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the re quirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assis tance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Informatio
152. Format 24h Offset hour lt a Ohr Offset min lt a C omn Daylight Savings Time ON Eastern 1 6 Time Zone SAA2487 Clock settings models with navi gation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Clock key The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Others Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Sonar Image Viewer Adjust comfort amp convenience settings SAA3019 Others settings models with navi gation system
153. ITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that acti vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and speci alty shops Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position 3 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 4 Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with t
154. Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces Sary AQ WARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats P 6 11 of this man ual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION e Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equiva lent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s in structions to maintain minim
155. Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating condi tions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT TAILLE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID P ser owners NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL Ragrel X BEAR P XXX XX R XK ise ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI oesecauns TXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI Le poids total de amp occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX Ib TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACTTY TOTAL FRONT REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs magias total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX Ib lt z R RA SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID SEE OWNER S MANUAL E Aei TAILLE FRONT AVANT P XXX XXR XX FOR ADDITIONAL XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION n VOIR LE MANUEL T DE LUSAGER aR
156. M FM or sat AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO AM FM or FM AM radio band select button will change the band as follows radio FM e Models with navigation system AM FM1 FM2 gt XM1 XM2 e Models without navigation system AM FM1 FM2 AM gt XM3 AUX radio SAT band select Push the satellite band select button to select the satellite radio mode XM1 XM2 or XM3 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected N TRACK SEEK CAT Vv SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button Forward or Rewind to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button Forward or Rewind to tune to the first channel of the next or previous cate gory During satellite radio reception the follow ing notices will be displayed under certain conditions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite rad
157. MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen 2 Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen 3 UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options 4 Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu 5 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems about the menu selection currently highlighted VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON You can check information related to the audio climate control system fuel con sumption and navigation system if so equipped by pressing the STATUS button repeatedly HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI con troller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the
158. Monitor P 4 23 Settings Sonar Corner Sonar Sensitivity Center Sonar Sensitivity JVHO141M Models with navigation system EJ Settings gt Sonar Corner Sonar Sensitivity 0000 Center Sonar Sensitivity 0000 JVHO142M Models without navigation system Sonar settings if so equipped The Sonar screen will appear when selecting the Sonar key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Sonar key For the details of the sonar system opera tion see Sonar system P 5 51 Sonar Display When this item is turned ON the corner center sonar indicator will appear when the sonar detects rear obstacles near the bumper Corner Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the corner sonar higher right or lower left Center Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the center sonar higher right or lower left Settings Image Viewer 2 Image_2 jpg 3 Image_3 jpg 4 Image_4 jpg 5 Image_5 jpg 6 Image_6 jpg SAA2491 Image Viewer models with naviga tion system The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file
159. ND button Push the button to initiate a VR Voice Recognition session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feed back and to enter commands during a call PHONE END sma button Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM You can also use the Bluetooth hands free phone system with Voice Recognition System INFO e The available voice commands are only applicable to the relevant language set in the LANGUAGE setting screen See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 e If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Using system Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Voice Recognition System is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the switch on the steering wheel is pushed before the initialization completes the system will not accept any command Before starting To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly
160. Off Repeat Off Shuffle Albums Repeat All Shuffle Albums Repeat Off Shuffle Off Repeat One Shuftle Off Repeat All Shuffle Songs Repeat Off Shuffle Songs Repeat All _ _SAA0451 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD e Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus trial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations e Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight e Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details SAA2923 SAA2924 Models without navigation system STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO 1 Audio source switch 2 Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system 3 Volume control switch 4 Back switch
161. PT SAA1092 Models without navigation system Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Language amp Units key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Francais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Francais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see Owner s Manual Service Manual order information P 9 25 Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Voice Recognition settings models with navigation system For details about the Voice Recognition settings see INFINITI Voice Recognition 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems system models with navigation system P 4 100 Camera settings if so equipped The CAMERA screen will appear when selecting the Camera key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For the details about the camera system operation see RearView
162. Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward e Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmis sion models e Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h 5 Ifthe vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 17 MEMO 6 18 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior esssssisssssscsissosinsrosssissorissosisscosssa Cleaning interior siassccessevessessccesscosssesosssessassscvessess 7 4 Washing ess sescicvcsca cave vasievelaceiensvtaces sates seesvadeccouvs Air resheni S
163. Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch 3 Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it 2 Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed 3 Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the shift lever is not in the D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Automatic Transmission models e When the VDC operates including the traction control system e When a tire slips CRUISE CRUISE SSD0621 Warning light When the system is not operating properly the chime s
164. Ri RE P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI DERECHANGE ae POUR PLUS DE vesecours T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS SDI2703 Tire and Loading Information label Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle cle at the factory Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehi Cold tire pressure Inflate the Vehicle load limit See Vehicle loading information P 9 17 tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are consid ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling drive ability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see Tire labeling P 8 37 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 SDI1949 Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure re position the gauge to eliminate this leakage 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the gauge Read
165. S P 2 15 P 5 4 Outside mirrors P 3 29 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 EXTERIOR REAR iS w gt 7 Trunk Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 Trunk lid P 3 19 8 Child safety rear door locks P 3 6 JVC0675X SEDAN 1 High mounted stop light Bulb repla cement P 8 28 2 Rear window defroster P 2 34 3 Rear combination light Bulb replace ment P 8 28 6 Satellite antenna P 4 39 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 22 Fuel information P 9 4 Rear view camera P 4 23 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 o D X SS10685 COUPE 1 0 6 High mounted stop light model with a rear spoiler Bulb replacement P 8 28 High mounted stop light model with out a rear spoiler Bulb replacement P 8 28 Illustrated table of contents Oy oy ey Rear window defroster P 2 34 Satellite antenna P 4 39 Rear view camera P 4 23 Trunk Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 Trunk lid P 3 19 Sonar system if so equipped P 5 51 Rear combination light Bulb replace ment P 8 28 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 22 Fuel information P 9 4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT JVC0676X SEDAN 1 2 3 4 Coat
166. The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Se
167. Vol The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with the INFINITI controller The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed Driver s Audio Stage if so equipped When this feature is turned to ON better sound will be provided to the driver s position The driver can enjoy a more crisp and clear sound that is specialized for the driver s position The effect of this feature depends on the type of music that is played For some music it may be difficult to realize the effect of this feature DivX Registration Code models with navigation system The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art models with navigation system When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod or MP3 music files through a CD DVD or USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings models with navi gation system For details of the Phone settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 76
168. Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Care of wheels See Cleaning exterior P 7 2 for details about care of the wheels Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident A WARNING e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pres sure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire an
169. aE aE 3 6 Drive pOsSitiOner setsiiusscissricineccisor isiin 3 31 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Seat POSIONEN ccssacesdseccevesectesesieesetececsesiess 3 31 Average fuel consumption and speed 4 2 26 Avoiding collision and rollover eeeeeeeeseeeeeee 5 6 B Battery inisiasi 8 16 Battery Saver SYSteM sccssscccssssersssreees 2 37 intelligent Keysis iirinn 8 26 Variable voltage control system sses 8 19 Before starting the engine esssssesreereererere 5 12 Belts See drive belts ccccsssccessseesesseeessees 8 19 Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system ceeee 4 76 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 86 Bluetooth streaming audio Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS e0 5 57 Brake and clutch fluid seses 8 14 Brake PUIG vissscccssccccsteverccsssscessssisstssscevsacesias 8 15 Brake SYSLtEMisscsccssssecsssesssssssssavesscsosssesseezsees 5 54 Parking brake operation ceseesseereeeeees 5 21 Warning WiShtississscsssessississssssoseasscedoscesscacsases 2 13 Breakin Schedule vccisscsssisascissscossscosscoeassosscosssses 5 46 Brightness control Display ON OFF button ee eeeeseeeeeeeeeees 4 9 Instrument panel 0 ee eeeeseeeeeereeeeeeeeeee 2 38 Bulb check instrument panel sssr 2 12 Bulb replacement esssesseceseeseesseeeseeeseeees 8 28 c Cabin air filter Cap
170. abel GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit spe cified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S C MV S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle pas sengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity max imum total weight limit specified Technical and consumer information 9 17 of the load passengers and car go for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information la bel e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit 9 18 Technical and consumer information Example 1 Occupants Luggage Load limit Available cargo 1 400 Ib R R and luggage load 640 kg capacity 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 1 070 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg 485 kg Example 2 ean Occupants Luggage Available cargo and 1 400 lb R R R R a luggage load capacity 640 kg 680 Ib 150 Ib x4 600 lb 30 lb x4 120 Ib 300 kg 70 kg 280 kg 15 kg 60 kg STI0365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occup
171. abel The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap pears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see Vehicle information display P 2 20 Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 A WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce v
172. according to the chain man ufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommo date the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely af fected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Wo H SDI1662 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Models equipped with same size tires on all wheels INFINITI recommends r
173. acities and recommended fluids lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB Tad iO sncscsvecsssasestososesseadeseensss 4 75 Card holdereri 2 49 Cargo NET TELAINETS c cs asaccevvsesersecssensecoosesseseus 2 50 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 4 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning 4 72 Center multi function control panel essees 4 3 Child restraints LATCH system Precautions on child restraints 1 25 Child Safety s i csccesscecessisvecsessiovessaxecesscaastasaseezess 1 23 Child safety rear door lock eee eeeeeseeseeeeeeeeee 3 6 Chimes Audible reminders cssccesssceeesseeeesseeeees 2 19 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS sesser 2 43 Circuit breaker Fusible link ccccccesssserteees 8 24 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Climate control Automatic climate control 4 31 Coat hooks Cockpit Cold weather Criving ce eeeeesseeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 5 60 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 4 55 Compact spare tire 8 44 Compass 2 9 GOMSOLES BOX PERAE EA E ETOT 2 47 Controller Center multi function control panel 4 5 Controls Control panel button INFINITI Controller Coolant Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level Corrosion protection 4 3 4 5 8 10 10 2 CiuisecOntrolunranrnisiieii
174. acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no num ber to redial and ends the VR session Callback Use the Callback command to call the last number in incoming calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If an incoming call number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Help The system announces the available commands Telephone Menu Sy 0 00 Phonebook J u Delete Entry ic u Transfer Entry u Help Enter Manual Mode A Go Back u a name u List Names SAA2583 Phonebook e a name Use the name command to seek the name and locations registered in the phonebook in alphabetical order When the system acknowledges the alphabet the user spoke the system announces all registered names and locations beginning with that alphabet Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session List Names Use the List Names command to hear the names and locations registered in the phonebook When the system acknowledges the command the sys tem announces all voicetags registered in the system Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system
175. age of the setting mode e TIME TO REST Select this submenu to specify when the time to rest indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning MAINTENANCE There are 5 submenus under the main tenance menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e ENGINE OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e OIL FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other Instruments and controls 2 27 than the engine oil oil filter and tires DISPLAY There are 3 submenus under the display menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from MPG or 1 100 km 7 Warning check SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed Select this menu to see the details of warnings 2 28 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS 1C2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e INFIN
176. ailable audio source ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec tronic control modules and electronic con trol system harness A WARNING e A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e lf a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A cauTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do
177. aints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use AQ WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision SSS0099 Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger INFINITI recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you SSS0100 must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see For Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 ward facing child restraint installa tion using the seat belts P 1 37 Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit p
178. ake a call Select one of the following options instead of Phonebook in step 2 above e Quick Dial Select an entry stored in the Quick Dial e Call History Select an outgoing incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone depending on your phone s compat ibility e Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen models with navigation system P 4 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 O m Yul K 09 00 Hold Call XXXXXXXXXXX Reject Call 1 3 SAA2525 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below 1 Select the Answer key 2 Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel 3 Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below Select the Hang up key Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel Push the button on the steering wheel O M Yul Call in Progress 0 15 Ea 1 5 XXXXXXXXXXX SAA
179. al Call To exit hold the TALK switch JVHO481X 3 Speak Dial Number Voice Recognition Dial Number Yul E 800 662 K Voice Recognition Dial Number Y l aa Wy J Dial Number uJ Change Number Manual Controls Voice Recognition Dial Number Y l BL uJ Change Number C Hep Manual Controls Say the last four digits or say Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch Please say the entire number or groups Manual Controls of numbers Say the next three digits Dial or say Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2537 SAA2538 SAA2539 4 Speak 8 0 0 5 The system announces Please say the 7 The system announces Please say the Selecting the Manual Controls key next three digits or dial or say change last four digits or say change number switches the screen to the keypad to number 8 Speak 6 2 0 0 input the phone number manually 6 Speak 6 6 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Yul 3 800 662 6200 K 4J Dial uJ Change Number Voice Recognition Dial Number Manual Controls Please say Dial or say Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2540 9 The system announces Dial or Change Number 10 Speak Dial
180. al type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the main tenance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones AIR CLEANER SDI2033 Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth A WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or wind shield Clean the outside of the windshield with a
181. ally turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regula tions If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this co
182. anada e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approxi mately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h COAST SET LY a SSD0612 How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Starting and driving 5 37 Display CRUISE Q Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 200 60 150 45 100 30 SSD0613D e The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the long er the distance e If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting 5 38 Starting and driving becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by depres sing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The c
183. and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death PROGRAMMING HomeLink If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio fre quency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and handheld transmitter but ton DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the i
184. and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures LRSO464 All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A cauTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a forward facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions LRSO454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head
185. ands 7 After system responds speak Dial and the system dials the spoken numbers Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the iconis B e lf the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the switch or the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e lf you want to cancel the command push the switch The message Voice input is canceled will be announced If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak commands The Voice Recognition System requires a certain way to speak voice commands Speak normally and clearly in the direction of the microphone located in front of the rearview mirror Every digit of the number must be spoken individually and in a normal manner The hands free mode will work best when the telephone number is spoken in blocks of three to five digits After each spoken block is terminated the system will repeat the three to five digits and wait for you to speak the next digit or block of digits required for the telephone number See List of voice commands P 4 92 for the appropriate commands that can be spoken for the hands free mode system Example In order to initiate a call speak Phone book
186. ants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capa city on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For exam ple if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehi cle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of
187. any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Bluetooth Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Settings Audio Display Phone Clock Bluetooth Adds or Edits the Bluetooth Phones and Audio Devices SAA2505 Connecting procedure 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone SAA2506 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Bluetooth Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handsfree phone system For audio devices please select No Yes No Cancel SAA2507 3 A confirmation screen will be dis played Select No Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device XXXX_ 2 C 8 Settings Connect Bluetooth gt Cae SAA3005 4 Choose a PIN code to use with the compatible Bluetooth audio device using the number
188. arge hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflec tive characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obsta cles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary d
189. arning light 00 0 eeeeeeseeeseeeeee 1 59 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter 8 21 Air conditioner Air conditioner Service sesser 4 38 Air conditioner specification label Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 666 4 38 9 7 Automatic climate Control se eeeeeseeeeeeee 4 31 In cabin microfilter Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security SYSLEM scesccnwseccesecssosecoseetssvenseccsseseseeses Alcohol drugs and driving eds All wheel drive AWD ccccssccccsstecessseeeeeseeees All wheel drive AWD driving Safety precautions seins nn 5 8 All wheel drive AWD warning light 00 2 12 Antenn aaeeea Anti lock Braking System ABS Anti lock braking system ABS warning light Appearance care Exterior appearance care essessssossssessssossse Interior appearance care essssesssoosssoosssoesse AA A A A A T T Ashtrays See cigarette lighter and ashtrays Audible reminders Audio operation precautions AUGIO SYSUCMyesiswecvtstevtvereerceteis ceasetaaterssceowecens Steering wheel audio controls eee AULOLISHTESYStOM seccsecesvescsaccectentessoscocessseseovsteeys Automatic Automatic adjusting function Front WINGOWS cscccssseeseseseeeseeceeeereeees 2 53 Automatic climate control 4 32 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 13 Climate control ssesssssssssesirsessrssss 4 31 DOOFLOCKS meiiens inausi ereinen
190. arning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have struc tural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not recom mended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All Wheel Drive AWD models A cauTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be re Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 placed with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact an INFINITI retailer
191. asmacluster and Plasmacluster ion are trademarks of Sharp Corporation Outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor This vehicle is equipped with an outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor When the automatic intake air control is ON the sensor detects odors and exhaust gas and then the system automatically changes from the outside air circulation mode to the recirculation mode When the intake air control button is pushed under the following conditions the indicator light on the 4 side will illuminate and the outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor will turn on e The air flow control is not in the front defroster mode the indicator light on the gp front defroster button is turned off e The outside temperature is about 32 F 0 C or more e The outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor detects industrial odors such as pulp or chemicals and exhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel When the automatic intake air control is ON for the first 5 minutes the recircula tion mode is selected to prevent dust dirt and pollen from entering the vehicle and cleans the air inside of the vehicle with Plasmacluster ion that are emitted from the ventilator After 5 minutes the sensor detects outside odors and exhaust gas and automatically alternates between the recirculation mode and outside air circulation mode OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperatur
192. ast number Call lt number Dials the specified lt number Phonebook lt name gt Displays the specified lt name gt in the phonebook Phonebook List Names Displays all the names in the phonebook Phonebook Transfer Entry Transfers the phonebook data to the system Phonebook Delete Entry Deletes the phonebook registered in the system Connect Phone Add Phone Connects a cellular phone to the system Connect Phone Select Phone Selects a registered cellular phone Connect Phone Delete Phone Deletes a registered cellular phone Connect Phone Bluetooth Off Turns the Bluetooth connection off Connect Phone Replace Phone Changes the registered order of the cellular phones Connect Phone Delete Phone All Phones Deletes all registered cellular phones Connect Phone Delete Phone List Phones Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 Sy u Call J u Connect Phone u Phonebook ic u Recent Calls u Help Telephone Menu 0 00 Telephone Menu 0 00 Connect Phone Sw u Add Phone J u Replace Phone u Select Phone m Bluetooth On Off u Delete Phon
193. at adjustment Front seats Seat belt s Child safety Infants eee Injured persons 1 18 Larger children 1 24 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 16 Pre crash seat belts 1 18 Pregnant women 1 18 Seat belt cleaning 7 6 Seat belt extenders 1 22 Seat belt maintenance 1 23 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Seat belts sses 1 16 Seat belts with pretensioners 1 58 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 21 Small children sesse 1 24 Three point type 1 18 Seat synchronization function sesser 3 31 Seat s Driver side memory 3 31 Heated seats 10 6 SEATS cca TEE S 1 3 Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start we 2 30 Security system Vehicle security system 2 28 Servicing climate control wee 4 38 SETTING button wee 4 14 Shift lever Shift lock release we 5 18 Shift lock release Transmission 5 18 Shift P warning Automatic Transmission MOdelS cscssscesseseseeseeseeenee 2 22 Shifting Automatic transmission csccessseseeeeees 5 14 Manual transmission Shoulder belt height adjustment Sliding front passenger s seat Snow mode switch Sonar system Sonar system off switch Spare tire Spark plugs SPECCOMELEN 5 ssssssescceseuss sacavessavacctsnacisauszecsavncnces Starting Before starting the engine esseere jumpstart Eiana Precautions when starting and dri
194. at belt SSS0292 Fastening the seat belts Adjust the seat See Seats P 1 3 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage 1 2 The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some free dom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 SSS0290 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be ext
195. ata The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio perfor mance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 COMPACT SG DIGITAL AUDIO KG SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work pr
196. ate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth accel eration changes e Select a gear range suitable to road conditions Use cruise control e Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed e Cruise control is particularly effec tive in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the shortest route e Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time Avoid idling e Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an automated pass for toll roads e Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruis ing speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter warm up e Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy e Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving e Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your vehicle cool e Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade when ever possible When entering a hot vehicle open ing the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster result ing in reduced demand on your A C system Starting and driving 5 47 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance
197. ately with a Instruments and controls 2 39 dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materi als e If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer 2 40 Instruments and controls SSS0911 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob to the right and select the desired heat range e For high heat turn the knob to the right e For low heat turn the knob to the left e The indicator light will illuminate when the heater is on 3 To turn off the heater return the knob to the OFF position Make sure that the indicator light turns off The heater is controlled by a thermis tor automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch SNOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped OFF SNOW LON O SIC3602 For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn on the SNOW mode switch The indicator light on the switch will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is con trolled to avoid wheel spin VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF
198. ation see Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 34 Use the same number and wattage shown in the following chart as originally in stalled If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI retailer 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Sedan wattage W Bulb Wo Headlight High Low beams xenon Front turn signal light Front fog light Parking light Front side marker light Rear combination light back up turn signal stop tail side marker License plate light Map light Rear personal light Vanity mirror light Step light Trunk light High mounted stop light See an INFINITI retailer for replacement D2S 7444NA H8 7444NA WY5W NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts Coupe Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E Headlight or F When replacing a bulb first remove High Low beams xenon the lens and or cover Front turn signal light Front fog light Parking light Front side marker light Rear combination light back up turn signal stop tail side marker License plate light Map
199. audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2972 See Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 34 10 ae lt gt auto recirculation button intake air control button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Type B if so equipped Automatic operation AUTO The AUTO mode may be used year round as the system automatically controls constant temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the desired temperature is set manually To turn off the heater and air conditioner push the OFF button Cooling and dehumidified heating 1 Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator light will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 2 If the A C indicator light does not illuminate push the A C button The A C indicator light will illuminate 3 Turn the temperature control dial dri ver s side to set the desired tempera ture e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e When the DUAL indicator light is turned off Pushing the driver s side AUTO button changes both the driver s and front passenger s side tem perature Pushing the passenger s side DUAL button changes only the front passenger s side tempera ture The DUAL indicator light will illuminate and DUAL will appear on the display e To set separate desired t
200. avigation system 4 86 Hazard warning flasher switch Head restraints headrests cssscesseesseeeseeees 1 11 Headlights Bulb replacement sesseeseeseeeeseeeseeeenee 8 30 Headlight SWitChsssssssssesssscssssesserissssssss sssssse 2 35 Xenon headlights ceseesseeeseeseeeeneeeneees 2 34 Heated seals i awescscdecrsssansisveecsssidassstacssesvancicasvices 2 39 Heater Automatic climate control cccceees 4 31 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 58 Hood release 3 19 Hook Coat hooks 2 49 a AA E AE ET AA 2 39 l Ignition switch Push button ssessessssssessesseessessesressresressese 5 9 Manual transmission models 5 19 Immobilizer system 2 30 In cabin MICHOFIEEL c secicasveccssvecsssereccssecassasecs 4 37 Indicator Light sesccesecssveceses cassvsvecsctsscesterecscestecevscessies 2 17 Vehicle information display c ccesseeeees 2 20 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ssns 2 30 INFINITI voice recognition system ceeeeee 4 100 INFO DURCON ssccessestssshovestsassacosencasssuaetsvoscecdesecesess 4 9 Inside MINOR sacesoesessssesessesnssosestass 3 28 Inspection maintenance I M test 9 24 Instrument brightness Control ceseeeeeeeees 2 38 Instrument panel ee eeesssesseeeseeeseeeeeeeteeeeee 2 4 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 4 5 24 Preview FUNCTION 5 ccccensccvosessosedsesesvoaessosness 5 46 Intelligent C
201. back lever upward 4 to fold the front seatback down Make sure that the front seatback is comple tely folded down To slide the front seat forward firmly push the seatback switch The front SSS0786 seat will move forward Get in or out of the vehicle To return the front seat to its original position raise the seatback and push the seatback switch again To stop the seat sliding push the seatback switch again or push the seat sliding switch The front passenger seat will stop returning 7 0 in 177 6 mm from its front most position to retain space for the rear passenger Depending on the seat position the head restraint may contact the roof headlining during the walk in opera tion To prevent possible interference lower the seat using the seat lifter switch A CAUTION When returning the seat to its original position confirm the seat and seatback are locked properly Be careful not to pinch your hand or foot or bump your head when operating the walk in seat While operating the walk in seat do not operate the seatback reclining switch The reclining motor may be damaged Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats They may be pinched and damaged The automatic forwarding and reversing will not work or stop under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h driver s seat only When the seat belt is fastened When the sh
202. belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety P 1 23 and Child re straints P 1 25 sections before installing a child restraint INFINITI does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions SSS0645 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap P 1 41 Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor SSS064
203. belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index m e 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Passenger compartment secsecccsecssccessceesees 0 7 System SRS Sedam eere r s Exterior front seik COUPE secceasesscaes Sedaierna EEC E Aa EERE REDE 0 3 Cockpit ERETO COUDE deserens aeoe E SENSE ARE SEEN EE EENES 0 4 Instrument panel KI EE E AE SEEE EESE AENA EXtErior reap ssssessccvicascccasccesaadsesatsoansssadeeeesadeccsesess 0 5 Meters and gauges SOG aM LENTERA ET ETE 0 5 Engine comMmpartMent sssssssesesersisesiessiisocsrssroseese 0 13 Coupe PEEPI AEAEE A AE EEE AENT 0 6 VQ37VHR engine EPPO IAN AOINE R AA 0 13 Warning and indicator lights eceseeeeees 0 14 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS w 0 2 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 45 Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags P 1 45 Seat belts P 1 16 Head restraints P 1 11 Illustrated table of contents 6 7 SS10667 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags P 1 45 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 30 O
204. casccessasessscsesasesoesesessecs 6 3 Towing your vehicle ssssssssssssssssssrsrsssssssssssssssssssis 6 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Towing recommended by INFINITI 6 13 Changing a flat tire 0 0 eee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 4 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH r SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emer gency conditions All turn signal lights will flash AQ WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might be come a hazard to other traffic 6 2 In case of emergency e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Informa tion Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidl
205. cated on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires P 8 33 NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule P 5 46 of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle
206. cation number VIN License plate Installing front license plate Air bag warning light Bulb replacement Fog light switch Headlight switch Headlights bulb replacement Indicator lights Interior light control switch Replacement Vanity mirror lights Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Xenon headlights Lights Exterior and interior light replacement Loading information See vehicle loading information Lock Automatic door locks ceeseesseseeeeeeseeeeee 3 6 DOOM LOCKS wissssccecsvcacstssscsctsscessevecscessscevsceseseoss 3 4 POWER door LOCK ss sssisisisaisssssssvesssasesdssescacesssoss 3 4 B U0 a al l c Ieeperrerrecerrerernrerercemrecrerrercrerrercrrarc 3 19 Locking with mechanical key 3 4 Low fuel warning seess 2 23 Low tire pressure warning light eeeeeeeees 2 15 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 4 Low washer fluid warning ces eeeseeseeeeeeeees 2 23 M Maintenance atte Misana nnana 8 16 General maintenance 83 Indicators for maintenance ceeeeeeeeee 2 24 Inside the Vehicle sissicississsisossosrresressssssiesssss 8 4 Maintenance precautions ccsceseeseeeeees 8 6 Maintenance requireMents sccceessesseseees 8 3 Outside the Vehicle ceeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeesees 8 3 Seat belt maintenance ce eeeeeeeeseeeeee 1 23 Malfunction indicator light MIL wae 2 18 Map lights scscccisccses
207. ccscsscccssecesescscssccesssscasasscassezesess 9 20 Uniform tire quality grading ee eeeeeeeeee 9 21 TREAAWEAN sccsscsscssvccccescessscesssevecsnsseassccaadssoaes 9 21 Traction AA A B and C ceccsececceceseeeees 9 21 Temperature A B and Cu eecceecceeccneceeeeeeee 9 21 Emission control system warranty ccee0 9 22 Reporting safety defects ee eeeceeseeeeeeeeeeee 9 23 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test US Oily isie eiae cenre REESE OS 9 24 Event Data Recorders EDR ccseceeeceseeeeees 9 24 Owners Manual Service Manual order informations ssissescececcvcees scdexscassacsseeseasss sex 9 25 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure refill capacity Recommended specifications 20 gal 16 5 8 gal See Fuel information P 9 4 With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt Drain and refill 4 hs Without oil filter change 4 7 8 qt For additional information see Engine oil P 8 11 for changing engine oil Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at an INFINITI retailer e Engine oil wit
208. ccupant classification sensor pat tern sensor P 1 51 Front seats P 1 4 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 58 Rear seat walk in mechanism Coupe P 1 7 Rear seats P 1 8 Child restraints P 1 25 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 27 EXTERIOR FRONT 7 Fog light P 2 39 8 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 33 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 15 P 5 4 9 Outside mirrors P 3 29 10 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 6 7 8 9 10 S10643 SEDAN 3 Windshield wiper and washer 1 Hood P 3 19 Operation P 2 31 2 Headlight and turn signal Maintenance P 8 22 Operation P 2 34 4 Moonroof if so equipped P 2 54 uw Power windows P 2 51 6 Recovery hook P 6 14 Bulb replacement P 8 28 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 SS10806 COUPE 1 Hood P 3 19 2 Headlight and turn signal Operation P 2 34 Bulb replacement P 8 28 0 4 Illustrated table of contents uw Windshield wiper and washer Operation P 2 31 Maintenance P 8 22 Moonroof if so equipped P 2 54 Power windows P 2 51 Recovery hook P 6 14 Fog light P 2 39 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 33 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPM
209. cesssvsccesiscvesscvessensesasessescesssasesens 2 9 Compass if So EQUIPPE eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Zone variation change procedure 4 2 11 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders vsecscasesceavecvaseadsuensacavecccrsescaeevs 2 12 Checking bulbs sicccccsscccsssssssssssssssescesccsssscsosess 2 12 Warning lights ccccsccsssscccsssscssssccssscccsssccesssssess 2 12 Indicator USNS ssics sciensiissersascassccesbacsasceceerasoess 2 17 Audible reminders cccccccsssesceeesseeeeseeeeee 2 19 Vehicle information display ccseseeeeeeeeeee 2 20 Indicators for Operation cceeeeeseeeeseeeeee 2 22 Indicators for Maintenance seeceseeeeeeeee 2 24 Trip COMPULCM i ss ccs sdcssccstscsissscavedensdsasecessacecesss 2 26 Security SYSCOMS i cccaccsciessicesscssdasedessscsssosescssnsss 2 28 Vehicle Security System ce eeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeee 2 28 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 30 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Rain sensing auto wiper system if S CQUIP Ped siciccscauvessdicecesesesceesssuvees ine cseveate 2 33 Rear window and outside mirror CefrOSter SWILCHisssisscciessisecssadesdacasvescsssccoucseaxsis 2 34 Headlight and turn signal switch eeee 2 34 Xenon headlights cesessesessseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 34 Headlight SWitChisi ccscecsscsesescvsavsacedescctsesdase se 2 35 T rn signal SWIECH sce
210. ch Angle Angle Mark SAA2498 Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed of Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen lt gt Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key
211. changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supple mental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats A WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced to gether with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre
212. cle speed For Canadian models the speed is displayed in km h 6 Intelligent Cruise Control system warn ing light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system CRUISE CRUISE SSD0607 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started SSD0608 Operating vehicle to vehicle dis tance control mode To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch A on The cruise indicator light set distance indica tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting Starting and driving 5 33 SSD0609 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed 5 34 Starting and driving CRUISE N e a SSD0784 When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds When traveling below 25 MPH 40 km h and the vehicle ahead is not detected When the shift lever is not in the D DS or Manual mode Automatic Transmis sion models When the windshield wipers are op
213. close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of ob Starting and driving 5 51 stacles or false alarms A CAUTION Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the tone clearly The sonar system sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the bumper When the Sonar Display key is ON the sonar indicator will also appear in the center display See Sonar indicator P 5 52 The system detects rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position The system may not detect objects at speeds above 6 MPH 10 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3 9 feet 1 2 m from the bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper Refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 11 8 in 30 cm away 5 52 Starting and driving the tone will sound continuously Keep the corner center sonar located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sonar with sharp objects If the sonar is covered it will affect the accuracy of the sonar system The sensitivity level of the corner center sonar can
214. clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Starting and driving 5 19 5 3 3 i 1 Sno 6 Ss SSD0536 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or downshifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur 5 20 Starting and driving Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse gear after stopping the vehicle completely The shift lever returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R Reverse or 1st gear shift to the N Neutral position and then release the clutch pedal once Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into the R Reverse or 1st gear Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road condi tions the wea
215. conds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible AQ WARNING e For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury A CAUTION Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible If the warning light remains on after the above operation
216. conssssreseeacee tose 2255 Master warning light eee wae 2 16 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system 3 3 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner 3 32 Meter Trip COMPUTET csscccsssscesseevessreeseees 2 26 Meters and gauges 0 00 cescessseseecsseeeseeesseesseeees 2 6 Instrument brightness control sesse 2 38 Outside mirrors Monitor RearView Monitor New vehicle break in No key warning Off road TACOVENY lt i isceisscscessssstiiiessesssecssssiacescesdness Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine oil level Engine oil viscosity Oil filter replacement indicator Operation Indicators for operation Outside air temperature Outside mirrors Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owner s Manual Service Manual order information P Panic alarm Parking Brake break in sisssisssssisssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssso 5 54 Parking brake operation 5 21 Parking brake release warning 2 23 Parking on hills wee 5 50 Personal lights 2 56 Phone Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system 4 76 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 86 Car phone or CB radio 4 75 Power Front seat adjustment Moonroof 06 Power door lock Power outlet Power steering fluid 2 42 8 14 Power st
217. ct with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating condi tions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is discharged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port to start the engine Replace the discharged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see Push button ignition switch P 5 9 Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see Intelligent Key battery repla cement P 8 26 As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retailer A cauTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical co
218. cting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures e Ifthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint not both at the same time e If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint e Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installa tion All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the
219. cturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 31 JVI0737X Coupe Type A if so equipped 2 32 Instruments and controls Coupe Type B if so equipped The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper inter val function is turned on the inter mittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster To turn this function on and off see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 For models with the rain sensing auto wiper system see Rain sensing auto wiper system P 2 33 Low continuous low speed opera tion G High continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times JVIO739X RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS TEM if so equipped The rain sensing auto wiper system can automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the w
220. d A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner P 3 31 for the seat position memory function if so equipped o Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch 2 backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage P 1 16 Also the seat 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system back can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked SSS1052 SSS1053 SS0836 Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped Seat lifter Type A if so equipped Type B if so e
221. d Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Informa tion label in the index of this manual e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY Spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time A cauTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 MEMO 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants 9 2 FUGL INFOFMATION siccscccsscscseenvecssocsvieeesssteessebes see 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation
222. d inside or near metallic materials Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door and the fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 the doors will unlock All doors and the fuel filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK amp button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked auto matically after another 1 minute 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2324 SPA2404 Coupe Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key sys
223. d restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 S SS0791 NN SSS0790 Coupe Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only 1 Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your INFINITI retailer for details FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS A WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can cha
224. d to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the mal function indicator is illuminated the sys tem may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunc tions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop erly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure
225. der number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the CD Menu DVD models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu appears the switch will control the menu USB if so equipped e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number AUX if so equipped e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the AUX Menu S BACK switch models with navigation system Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume Audio source switch Push the source select switch to change the mode to av
226. distance for replacing the items See Trip computer P 2 26 More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See How to use INFO button P 4 9 0000 mies OUTSIDE TEMP 00 F SETTING gt ALERT gt MAINTENANCE gt DISPLAY RENTER NEXT WARNING X 1 gt SKIP gt DETAIL MENTER NEXT SIC3282 Instruments and controls 2 25 SIC3264 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the side or front of the switches as shown above J switch switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch 2 26 Instruments and controls Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte Outside air temperature ICY gt Setting Warning check 1 Current fuel consumption The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption 2 Average fuel consumption MPG or l liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average
227. drest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original positions Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section SSS0508 FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE STRAINTS The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback re ceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash type injury occurs most Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the
228. drops even lower the dte display will change to e Ifthe amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display 5 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 140 F 30 to 60 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards 6 Setting Setting is available while the engine is running Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the vehicle information display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT There are 3 submenus under the alert menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top p
229. e u Help Enter Manual Mode ey Exit SAA2575 PAIRING PROCEDURE Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered 1 Push the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Speak Connect Phone The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Enter Manual Mode A Go Back SAA2576 3 Speak Add Phone The system ac knowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset INFO The Add Phone command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving GLa o Y Please look for the Bluetooth device My Car The PIN is 1234 A Go Back SAA2577 4 When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired The connecting procedure of a cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for more information Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Telephone Menu Sy u Phone Name u eoo ee A Go Back SAA2578 5 The system asks the user to speak a name for the phone Speak Yes The system acknowl edges the command and registers the cellular phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells th
230. e ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains P 8 40 of this manual For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items b e carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE A WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle w
231. e HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new transmit ter information 2 62 Instruments and controls FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following
232. e The trans mission position indicator in the meter shows DS In the DS Drive Sport mode the transmis sion changes to the sporty driving shift operation creating a more aggressive acceleration feeling than the D Drive mode and providing a gear change sensa tion when the driver accelerates quickly When the driver selects the manual shift mode using the shift lever or the paddle shifter during the DS Drive Sport mode operation the driver must move the shift lever from DS Drive Sport to D Drive and back again to re select the DS Drive Sport mode SSD0599 Paddle shifters Manual shift mode When the shift lever is in the DS Drive Sport position the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up move the shift lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the shift lever to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will
233. e phone is already using The connecting procedure will then be cancelled The Add Phone command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones connected with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks the user to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or a new phone is selected Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once the user chooses to delete a phone or all phones the system asks the user to confirm NOTE When the user deletes a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted e Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used f
234. e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system Bluetooth For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition
235. e and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow nor mally from the foot outlets f SIC2768 The sunload sensor A on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant tempera ture Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER To make sure that the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter according the specified mainte nance intervals listed in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 conditioner A natural grape seed polyphe nol filter if so equipped collects and neutralizes dirt pollen dust etc SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system See Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants P 9 2 for climate control
236. e desired position using the previous procedure If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage pro cedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key For additional Intelligent Key information see Keys P 3 2 Selecting the memorized position 1 Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Apply the parking brake 2 Raise the seatback Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel e Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second e Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indica tor light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds For manual transmission models the memory positions can be selected even when the engine is running In this case move the shift lever to the N Neutral position and apply the parking brake Then perform step 2 SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When the adjusting switch for the d
237. e driving checks and adjustments 3 31 Cancel or activate seat synchroni zation function For Automatic Transmission models The shift lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position For Manual Transmission models The parking brake must be applied with the ignition switch in the ACC position The seat synchronization function can be activated or canceled by pushing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds while the ignition switch is in the ACC position Note that the indicator lights may illumi nate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pushed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the seat synchronization function 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the mem ory system 1 Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Apply the parking brake 2 Raise the seatback 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering col umn and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation see Seats P 1 3 and Tilt telescopic steering P 3 25 and Out
238. e idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park D Drive or DS Drive Sport while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident A cauTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control SSD0596 Shift lever To move the shift lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Zp Push the button gt Just move the shift lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the shift lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive DS Drive Sport or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re
239. e proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following pre cautions A WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A cauTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before tow ing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see Flat towing P 9 20 of this manual gt cee Gy Renner RES em aig ce LEIS S289 SCE0788 Two wheel drive TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated AQ CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission mod els with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious models and expensive damage to the transmis sion If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive models with the f
240. e radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please contact an INFINITI retailer Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pair ing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity This wireles
241. e user then prompts the user for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells the user then prompts the user for name again Telephone Menu Sy 0 00 Phonebook u a name J u Delete Entry u List Names a u Transfer Entry u Help SAA2579 PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION When the cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle module the data stored in the cellular phone such as phonebook outgoing call logs incoming call logs and missed call logs is automatically trans ferred and registered to the system The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owners Manual for more information Up to 1 000 phone numbers per registered cellular phone can be stored in the phone 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems book Telephone Menu Call name Number Rodia SAA2580 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Speak Call The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Speak the registered person s name The system acknowledges the com mand and
242. e vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key A CAUTION e After locking the doors using the request switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles e When locking the doors using the request switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle e The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automati cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is operating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A cauTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box or a storage bin e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets e When the Intelligent Key is place
243. e vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the con stant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system Starting and driving 5 25 aS CO SSD1170 Type A if so equipped SSD1169 Type B if so equipped 5 26 Starting and driving PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VE HICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces sary The detection range of the sensor is approximately 390 ft 120 m ahead A WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system is primarily intended for use
244. e will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic trans mission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for manual transmission model INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition switch without it being taken out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Some indicators and warnings for opera tion are displayed on the vehicle informa tion display between the speedometer and tachometer See Vehicle information dis play P 2 20 A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle e If the vehicle battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be switched from the LOCK position Charge the battery as soon as possible See Jump starting P 6 9 Starting and driving 5 9 ope SSD0824 OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified opera
245. e work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance require ments on your vehicle GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or mainte nance work see Maintenance precau tions P 8 6 EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal li
246. ear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 Ze val DI0137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL 4 and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 4 line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting P 6 9 If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI retailer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Donot ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely
247. eas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready 9 24 Technical and consumer information condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection mainte nance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec onds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact an INFINITI retailer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typical
248. ease say Call followed by a stored name Phone Operates the Phone function Navigation Operates the Navigation function Information Displays the vehicle Information function Audio Operates the Audio function Help Displays User Guide e Phone Command Command Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry e Navigation Command Command Action Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Command Action Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination e Information Command Command Action Fuel Ec
249. ebbing of the anchor attachments WY SSS0650 Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AQ WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53
250. econds The current zone number will appear in the display 2 Find your current location and variance number on the zone map 3 Push the switch repeatedly until the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds e If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after re peated adjustment have the com pass checked at an INFINITI retailer e The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geo magnetism is stabilized A CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous ing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models if so equipped Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warn
251. ected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen models with navigation system P 4 5 e Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Manual transmission models iPod PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If compatible the battery of the iPod is charged while the connection to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows an INFINITI or Accessory Attached screen when the con nection is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a dis
252. ed high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden Technical and consumer information 9 21 tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure 9 22 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For USA e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Ca nada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assis tance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North A
253. ed in the fuse box SDI2704 Extended storage fuse switch if so equipped To reduce battery drain the extended storage fuse switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is pushed in switched on and should always remain on If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse NOTE If the extended storage fuse switch mal functions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 case remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating How to remove the extended storage fuse switch 1 To remove the extended storage fuse switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the extended storage fuse switch 5 Pull the extended storage fuse switch straight out from the fuse box 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts SDI1834 Replace the battery as follows 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechan ical key Insert a flat blade screwdriver A wrapped w
254. ed opera tion of the device SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see an INFINITI retailer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting an INFINITI retailer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defros ter before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufa
255. edan Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark A The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle SSS0294A Shoulder belt height adjustment for Sedan front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage P 1 16 To adjust push the button and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 AQ WARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SSS0588 Shoulder belt arm for Coupe front seats Before fastening the seat belt pull the shoulder belt arm forward until it clicks at the lock position The arm can also be folded down for easier access for rear seat passengers Pulling the arm forward w
256. eering system v 553 Power WiINdOWS s ccesssesesesreesseeesetesseeeeees 2 51 Precautions Audio OperatiOn ceseeeeeeeereeeeeeeteeeseeeteees 4 38 Braking precautions 5 54 Child restraints 1 25 Cruise control 5 22 Maintenance 8 6 Seat belt usage 1 16 Supplemental restraint system 1 45 When starting and driving Pre crash seat belts Predictive course line settings Preview function Preview function for Intelligent cruise CONLOL SYSTEM sisser sisses rinri Preview Function warning light Push starting Push warning Automatic Transmission models csccescceseseeteeseeeseeeees 2 22 Push button ignition switch ccceeeeee 5 9 5 10 Car phone or CB radio FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player 4 51 Rain sensing auto wiper system 2 33 Rapid air pressure lOSS ccscscssssssssessesseeeees 5 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock Rear seats Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWitehssseissirvisiosroissasrsrssessiscicivisoissssii 2 34 RearView Monitor 4 23 Recorders Event data 9 24 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote keyless entry system sesers 3 15 Reporting safety defects 9 23 Roadside assistance program Rollover Roof Moonroof Safety Child seat belts Satellite radio operation Seat adjustment Front power se
257. efect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall campaign However Transport Cana da cannot become involved in indivi dual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI You may contact Transport Canada s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca road safety English speakers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify INFINITI of any safety con cerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 361 4792 Technical and consumer information 9 23 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only AQ WARNING A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states ar
258. efore closing the win dows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and be come trapped in the window Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled SIC3286A 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Rear left passenger side window Sedan only 4 Rear right passenger side window Sedan only 5 Window lock button Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Instruments and controls 2 51 SIC3241 SIC3289 SIC3288 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it 2 52 Instruments and co
259. ehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and Instruments and controls 2 15 2 16 stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Instruments and controls A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e Ifthe vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of
260. elligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK amp button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK g button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK Qj button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked auto matically after another 1 minute Opening windows The UNLOCK A button operation also allows you to open the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows P 2 51 To open the window push the door UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK g button If the window open operation is stopped in mid operation while pushing the UNLOCK a button release and push the UNLOCK a button again until the window opens completely
261. els without navigation system When the Text key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title e Track title CD with compressed audio files e Folder title File title Song title Album title Artist secar S Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the Forward button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track started playing the previous track will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing the beginning of the current track will be played ey REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random CD with compressed audio files i 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repea
262. emory mode secar w Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 the current track started playing the previous track will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing the beginning of the current track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller er REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder
263. emory storage JVP0223X SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION The seat synchronization function automa tically adjusts the positions of the steering wheel and outside mirrors when the seat is adjusted using the power seat switches However the steering wheel and outside mirrors will not move if the seat is adjusted over the maximum thresholds The system considers that the steering wheel and outside mirror adjustments are not neces sary because the seat may not be adjusted for the driving position Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting The seat synchronization function operates under the following conditions e The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion e The shift lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models or the parking brake is applied Manual Trans mission models e The seatback is raised If the outside mirrors or the steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment the function is automatically disabled Restart the function by selecting a previously stored seat memory position using the memory switches 1 or 2 An Intelligent Key that was previously linked to the stored seat memory can also be used to restart the function If a seat position was not previously stored in the seat memory restart the function by adjusting the steering wheel and outside mirrors manually for your best driving position and then drive the vehicle above 4 MPH 7 km h Pr
264. empera tures for the driver and front pas senger push the DUAL button the indicator light illuminates and then turn the corresponding temperature control dial e To cancel the separate temperature setting push the DUAL button the indicator light turns off and the driver s side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver s and front passenger s sides Avisible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified defrosting defogging 1 Push the gp button The indicator light will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly set the temperature control and fan speed control to their maximum position e After the windshield is cleared push the AUTO button to set to the automatic mode e When the button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically turn on when the outside air tem perature is above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield The air recir culation mode will automatically turn off The outside air circulation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings To turn off the heater and air conditioner push the OFF
265. emperatures above 32 F 0 C Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Recommended specifications Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause Transfer fluid deterioration in driveability and transfer durability and may damage the transfer which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used Power steering fluid PSF the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 Available in mainland USA through an INFINITI retailer Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base e HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning system refrigerant e For additional information see Vehicle identification P 9 11 for air conditioner specification label Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent E Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or Window washer fluid equivalent Brake and clutch fluid Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL INFORMATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able u
266. empty E position 11 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid P 8 15 12 Door trunk open warning igni tion switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the trunk lid are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door or the trunk lid is open on the display 13 Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler door P 3 22 14 Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illumi nates and low tire pressure detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light P 2 15 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 15 Time to rest indicator This indicator appears when the set time to rest indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See Trip compu ter P 2 26 16 Low outside temperature warn ing This warni
267. en braking may cause loss of control e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully e This vehicle is not designed for off road rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in e For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D Drive or R Reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH AQ WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engin
268. ended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see Child restraints P 1 25 The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension AQ WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not com pletely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for ward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see an INFINITI retailer SSS0687 Center of rear seat S
269. engers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 6 4 In case of emergency AQ WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance MCEO001A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AQ WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Jacking tools Sedan Jacking tools Coupe SCE0659 SCE0695 SCEO702 Spare tire Sedan and Coupe Getting the spare tire and tools Raise the trunk floor cover using the tab Remove jacking tools located inside the trunk as illustrated The spare tire is located under the jacking tools Remove the cap holding the spare tire Jacking up the vehicle and remov ing the damaged tire AQ WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not u
270. ening or closing Auto reverse function A WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the moonroof cannot be closed auto matically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE S side of the moon roof switch Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the moonroof operation system 1 Ifthe moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch to tilt the moonroof up 2 Push and hold the CLOSE 6 side of the moonroof switch 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the OPEN lt 5 2 side of the moonroof switch to
271. epress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal AT model or the clutch pedal MT model pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button igni tion switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start When racing the engine up to 4 000 rpm or more
272. equipped 2 54 A WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child re straints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area Instruments and controls POWER MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is canceled SIC3243 Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the UP S side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the DOWN lt 5 side Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the CLOSE S or OPEN z5 side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is op
273. equipped P 2 41 5 Clock P 2 42 Vehicle information and setting 18 Rear window and outside mirror buttons P 4 9 defroster switch P 2 34 2 4 Instruments and controls 19 20 Glove box lid release handle P 2 47 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 21 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 5 METERS AND GAUGES ae nh w S1C4288 1 Tachometer P 2 8 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 7 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 12 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 3 Speedometer P 2 7 The needle indicators in the speed 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge ometer tachometer engine coolant P 2 8 temperature gauge and fuel gauge 5 Vehicle information display P 2 20 may move slightly after the ignition 2 6 Instruments and controls switch is pushed to the LOCK posi tion This is not a malfunction A cauTION For cleaning use a soft cloth dampened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction Ve SIC4289 Speedometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h TRIP A B RESET
274. er s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows P 2 51 To open the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 To close the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turn ing the key SPA1814 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob
275. er a few driving trips the 48 light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer e For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL P 2 18 COMPASS if so equipped SIC3181 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North NW Northwest NE Northeast W West E East SW Southwest SE Southeast S South If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 Instruments and controls 2 9 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the switch while the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 10 Instruments and controls M I Oq Kf ry V LN N TAN VERS SIC0611B Zone map ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE DURE The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Push the switch for more than 3 s
276. er backward e DONOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e DO NOT tow an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI P 6 13 of this manual Automatic transmission All Wheel Drive AWD models Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual transmission e Always tow with the manual transmis sion in Neutral e Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70 MPH 112 km h when flat towing your vehicle e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applic
277. er than the same molding on the other side wall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire perf
278. er the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to a cellular phone when privacy is desired The system an nounces Transfer Handset The call is transferred to the handset only The system then ends the VR session The Transfer Call command can also be issued again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Help The system announces the available commands NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off Telephone Menu Call J u Callback u a name u Number m u Help u Redial SAA2582 PHONE SETTINGS Call e a name If there are entries stored in the Phone Book a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phone book registration in this sec tion to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Once the name and location are con firmed the system begins the call Number When prompted by the system speak the number to call Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number of outgoing calls The system
279. er the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged 2 58 Instruments and controls HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro vides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming When the HomeLink Universal Transcei ver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink P 2 59 AQ WARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufac tured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door
280. erat ing at low LO or high speed HI When the rain sensing auto wiper system if so equipped is operated and the wiper speed is at least the same as the LO low position speed When the brakes are operated by the driver When the parking brake is applied CRUISE SSD0614 When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set A warning chime will sound and the ICC indicators will blink e When the SNOW mode switch is ON To use the ICC system turn off the SNOW mode switch push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC switch by pressing the MAIN switch again For details about the SNOW mode switch see SNOW mode switch P 2 41 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation A WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly accel erate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change Depress the CRUISE SSD0610 brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system mai
281. ered trademarks of DTS Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA Conventional Compact Disc DTS CD 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus Connec tion Port if so equipped A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury A cauTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port Inserting the USB de vice tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port e Do not grab the USB connection port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB devices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device fo
282. es is as illustrated Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Specification chart Supported media Supported file systems Version Sampling frequency Bit rate CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 USB2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVDtRW 5 DVD R DL 5 IS09660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 1S09660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 1SO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported USB memory FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 8 kHz 48 kHz 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 Version WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Supported Gerstone t Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR Ver 9 4 Version MPEG AAC Sampling frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz Bit rate Tag information Song title and Artist name Folder levels 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only WMA tag WMA only With navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 512 including root folder Files 5 000 Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder Displayable character codes 3 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05
283. es with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow 5 6 Starting and driving e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may tem porarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some exam ples are e Facilities or electric devices using simi lar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e If a transmitter set to similar frequen cies is being used in or near the vehicle e Ifacomputer or similar equipment ora DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the u
284. essure of the tires including the spare often and al ways prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifi cations are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Incorrect tire pressure including e Before taking a long trip or when under inflation may adversely affect ever you heavily load your vehicle tire life and vehicle handling use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are A WARNING at the specified level e For additional information regard e Improperly inflated tires can fail ing tires refer to Important Tire suddenly and cause an accident Safety Information US or Tire e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating Safety Information Canada in GVWR is located on the F M S the Warranty Information Booklet S C MV S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and
285. f only a tone sounds when the sonar detects obstacles SSD0929 SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH The sonar system OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the sonar system on and off To turn the sonar system on and off the ignition switch must be in the ON position The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light flashes when the sonar system is not turned off it may indicate a malfunction in the sonar system POWER STEERING A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hy draulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds Starting and driving 5 53 BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pres sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Whe
286. f Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recogni tion performance When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK amp phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent switch during a Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Command List Category Command Command Action Call Optional Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook Pl
287. ff and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the ve hicle display changes to the USB memory mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller Il Pause Select the P key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the gt key gt Play Select the P P key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file W STOP Select the m key to stop playing a movie file PPI Skip Next chapter Select the gt gt key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 I44 Skip Previous chapter Select the Jma key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the ma key is selected List Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list USB Settings Play Mode 10Key Search Display DRC Audio SAA2504 Example
288. fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer INTERIOR LIGHTS SIC3249 MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off Instruments and controls 2 55 Q SIC3250 PERSONAL LIGHTS Sedan Rear Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off 2 56 Instruments and controls ON DOOR OFF SIC3251 INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following condi tions e ignition switch is switched to the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is
289. fy or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaran teed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be dis played Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc
290. g to the following procedure 1 Push the switch 2 The system replies please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phonebook Re cent Calls Connect Phone or Help 3 Give your instructions to the system by saying Dial John for example John must have been previously set as a voice tag for John s phone number or Dial One if John is classified as one in the phonebook If the system cannot understand your command repeat it according to the recommendations mentioned in How to speak commands P 4 90 4 If the given name voice tag is correct the phone system will dial the number registered for John INFO To end the voice command phase at any stage of the procedure push the switch once in order to activate the cancel command Manual command selection Commands can be selected manually While the commands are displayed on the screen select a command by operating the Tune switch and then push the button Once a command is manually selected the voice command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the oma button to cancel the current operation and then perform the first procedure of voice command Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 List of voice commands COMMAND ACTION Call Dial lt name gt Dials the specified lt name gt Call Dial Redial Dials the l
291. ge or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 SSS0016 SSS0014 PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recom mendations PRE CRASH SEAT BELTS front seats if so equipped The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt to help restrain front seat occupants under emergency braking This can help reduce the risk of injury when a collision occurs Pre crash seat belt will not be activated when e the brake pedal is not depressed e the seat belt is not fastened 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h Always wear your Seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back
292. gh the bumper fascia Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 9 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part 10 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 11 Install the license plate bracket with screws 12 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION A WARNING e Itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be ser iously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight includ ing standard and optional equip ment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passen gers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other op tional equipment This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C MN S S l
293. ghts and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When check ing the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km If your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear tires cannot be rotated Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at lea
294. gs SAA3019 Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2530 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Stan dard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 Information User Guide Getting Started Co O Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking ees 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the User Guide key olga tlhe Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics
295. h API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 e For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion P 9 6 Cooling system Automatic transmission With reservoir 7 1 2 qt model Reservoir 3 4 qt With reservoir 7 7 8 qt Manual transmission model 7 Reservoir 3 4 qt Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Automatic transmission fluid Manual transmission gear oil e Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 may be used as a temporary replacement for Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 However INFINITI recommends the use of Genuine NISSAN gear oil available at INFINITI retailer Differential gear oil 9 2 Technical and consumer information For 7A T 2WD models e API GL 5 Synthetic Gear Oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 e See an INFINITI retailer for service for synthetic oil All other models e Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 e For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient t
296. h the BACK 2 key to return to the previous screen Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2474 Adjusting an item Touch the or key to adjust the settings Touch the or key to move to the previous or next item Touch the G or keyto move to the previous or next page 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OM Yul E Phone Phonebook Delete Symbols Space Lowercase OK SAA2475 Inputting characters Touch the letter or number 4 There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is neces sary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dam pen the cloth first and then wipe the screen SAA1525 MENU OPTIONS models with navi gation system The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the stee
297. hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emer gency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire P 6 4 of this Owner s Manual 5 8 Starting and driving DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and im pairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AWD mod els A WARNING e Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudd
298. he Alternate Command Mode See INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate command mode P 4 112 for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK amp switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STAN DARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to com plete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Settings Others Settings Voice recognition Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Sonar Image Viewer Adjust comfort amp convenience settin
299. he Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The ala
300. he engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes imme diately have the exhaust system inspected by an INFINITI retailer See Precautions when starting and driving P 5 3 for exhaust gas Carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and
301. he file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device 4 48 Monitor climate audio
302. he size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when encoding the file e Sampling frequency Sampling fre quency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second e Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e 1D3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag in formation is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ROOT FOLDER Folder Audio file SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not contain ing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e Ifthere isa file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder is displayed e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order e Music playback order of compressed audio fil
303. he sunglasses holder push A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses 2 46 Instruments and controls SIC3469 GLOVE BOX AQ WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see Keys P 3 2 Manual transmission models CONSOLE BOX To open the console boxes push the knob and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched The inner tray if so equipped can be moved to the front or rear position Instruments and controls 2 47 SIC3468 2 48 Manual transmission model Instruments and controls Removing the console lid model with manual transmission To remove the console lid 1 Remove the hinge mask A using a screwdriver wrapped with a cloth 2 Loosen four screws and remove the lid 3 Tighten the two outside screws 6 4 Install the removed hinge mask A to the original position SIC3929 Type A if so equipped amp Type B if so equipped SIC4348 SIC3928 Type C if so equipped CARD HOLDER if so equipped The card holder is located on or behind the ea illustrated driver s or passenger s sun visor To use the card ho
304. head restraints cesses 1 15 Fuel Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants ceseeee 9 2 Fuel ECONOMY csissscsccssscascsssssessssesesssvecsessees 5 48 Fuel economy information display 4 11 Fuel information scessccsseeeseeseeseeeneeeees 9 4 Fuel octane rating 0 eeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene 9 4 FUCLFILLER CAPs avicsiassencscvcdsacsesacerssestsessacesaorees 3 22 Fulel filler door sissssesserissssesssisssissssvosssissessssess 3 22 LOOSE FUEL CAP Warning sssssssessrssssrssrsrsssstsos 3 25 Fuel Efficient Driving TipS es seeeeeeeesreeeeeeee 5 46 FUSES i c ccsiszesteestacessceddeitensotessadevecaoncesisicesvenncter 8 24 FUSIDLE LINKS ssacsssicessncosasiecactessoanscoxavactedesacavezcess 8 24 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 58 GAS CAP A E 3 22 GU SO A E A T A TT 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge ae 28 FUCL gauge assisscssedesasacessicossevesecs we 2 9 Odometer we 2 7 Speedometer cies ecissevecccvisseucssscieiseiaceseesentess 2 7 Tachometer seiseanan 2 8 Trip COMPUTER sssrin 2 26 General maintenance sesssesesssessrssrssessersersseseesse 8 3 GLOVE DOX ssessessssessrs esso ssosrevs sess sse sis restesse 2 47 Golf bag StOWINE ee eeeeeseeeeseeereeeeneeeeeeeneees 2 50 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth models with navigation system eseeeee 4 76 Hands free phone system Bluetooth models without n
305. hime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehi cles is increasing e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when e Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly The accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cance
306. his is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deterio rated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light amp may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illuminate This is not a ma
307. his may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 the air bag system e Acracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual GY D Fo SSS0521 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS TEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity
308. hods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push Starting and driving 5 23 the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 24 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected dis tance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes e Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed e Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode For cruising at a preset speed A WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Man ual thoroughly before using the cruise control To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to
309. hooks P 2 49 Rear personal light P 2 56 Power windows P 2 51 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 29 uw Sun visors P 3 26 Moonroof switch if so equipped P 2 54 Map light P 2 55 Sunglasses holder P 2 46 13 Inside rearview mirror Operation P 3 28 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 58 Compass if so equipped P 2 9 Trunk pass through Rear armrest P 1 10 Rear cup holders P 2 44 Console box Power outlet P 2 42 USB input operation P 4 60 iPod player operation P 4 70 Front cup holders P 2 44 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 9 Inside rearview mirror Operation P 3 28 HomeLink P 2 58 Compass if so equipped P 2 9 10 Rear cup holders P 2 44 11 Console box Power outlet P 2 42 IAN USB input operation P 4 60 iPod player operation P 4 70 12 Front cup holders P 2 44 11 12 SS10669 COUPE 1 Coat hooks P 2 49 2 Power windows P 2 51 3 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 29 4 Automatic drive positioner switch if 0 8 Illustrated table of contents so equipped P 3 31 Sun visors P 3 26 Moonroof switch if so equipped P 2 54 Map light P 2 55 Sunglasses holder P 2 46 COCKPIT 7 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 16 1423456 78 8 Steering wheel mounted controls left se side g ENTER or tuning switch P 4 73
310. icle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is oper ated at the low speed LO or high speed HI position the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automati cally canceled When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehi cle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre quent acceleration or deceleration In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section Starting and driving 5 27 o CO S SD1170 Type A if so equipped SSD1169 Type B if so equipped 5 28 Starting
311. idity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution ex ists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disinte gration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A cauTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection aga
312. ift lever is not in the P Park position Automatic Transmis Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 sion model s driver s seat or the parking brake is not applied Manual Transmission model s driver s seat When the door is closed automatic forwarding only While the automatic drive positioner operates When the automatic drive positioner switches are pushed When the seatback switch is pushed When the seat position is adjusted Note that the seat must be moved to the front most position by operating the walk in function or the seat adjusting switches after the battery is disconnected Other wise the seat will not move backward during the walk in function REAR SEATS Folding Coupe only A WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Closely supervise childre
313. ight If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI retailer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer or other authorized Engine oil pressure warning repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil P 8 11 A cauTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so crusel Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on
314. ight Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted automatically accord ing to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the default Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Settings Language amp Units Select Language Select Units Cis eS S SAA2490 Models with navigation system EJ Settings gt Language Units H gee H B ep H o o A
315. ight side of the door Sedan or push the left side of the door Coupe To Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP A WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the SERVICE Hene malfunction indicator light MIL to SOON come on e Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your
316. ightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short inter vals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Ca nada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will dras tically decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI retailer The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the head lights remain on for 5 minutes SIC3267 SIC3268 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Autolight system Lighting The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off Turn the switch to the a position automatically The front parking side marker tail license plate and instrument lights TO Set the autolight system will come on 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the Turn the switch to the zO position AUTO position Headlights will come o
317. il viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran ties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go
318. ild restraint installation REMOVCG i sisccaccssssccacasscseaassveaesawessasesssessacossnsse 1 13 USING LATCH ac scssssccsscssccessesssesscasecenssonsccsssoss 1 30 Install cccesssccssccesscsvcsevacsvssccasdsevssssccsssteasesaseess 1 13 Rear facing child restraint installation using DUS E E E E E E E 1 13 the seat bells ssssrcsiseserscasoscerssessirsrserssariss 1 32 Front seat Active Head Restraints 0006 1 15 Forward facing child restraint installation SGat belts aeeie oa K EEEE EAREN 1 16 using LATCH ssseseeeseseeeerereseesscececncncneneseetens 1 34 Precautions on seat belt usage 000088 1 16 Forward facing child restraint installation Pregnant WOMEN ccccccceeeeeeeesssssesseeeeeeeeees 1 18 using the Seat Delts rssersserrssereseeesrerees 1 37 Injured person Ssssiirssrsssssssasessisssstss svesni sestas 1 18 a E A 1 42 Pre crash seat belts front seats if Supplemental restraint SySteM issssssssisassssisssoss 1 45 SO EQUIPPOG aurais s senaian K E NEE EEES 1 18 Precautions on supplemental Three point type seat belt c ccsscscssssesseseeseeees 1 18 restraint system Toy aiaesigasiigaiiiams a acuaaaias 1 45 Seat belt extenders ceceessscesseeeeeeseeeeeeee 1 22 INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front S AatS sco cc ccsssevecccessssasceascbasdceipesseseasias 1 51 Seat belt maintenance cccecceeceeeeeeseeeee 1 23 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted cu
319. ill have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER for Canada only Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be
320. ill allow an easy access to the belt 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI retailer for assis tance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required A WARNING e Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry e If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt a
321. ill grade place the shift lever in the 1st gear To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING e The sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking Always move slowly Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation SSD0927 This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects that are too
322. ill not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door eeo9 SPA2100 LOCK button UNLOCK button g TRUNK button 4 PANIC button p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode P 3 17 WN PR Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all the doors 3 Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK g button onthe Int
323. information regarding the proper use and care of the device This USB device contains multisession contents Please select item to play Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents SAA2500 File selection models with naviga tion system When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is dis played and starts to play If a video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display USB Audio file operation DISC or AUX PLAY TUNE Folder Artist XXXXXXXXXXAXX Ibi um XXXXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXXXX Folder Track Menu 1of 3 1 of 61 SAA2501 Models with navigation system 0 00 Up _ s 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXK il 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX B 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX B 4 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Repeat All 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXXAXXX J2 MP3 6 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX H 6 15 Down 7 E XXXXXXXXX 0 00 SAA2611 Models without navigation system When the DISC AUX or AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the vehicle display changes to the USB m
324. ing light Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped ae Or O EX The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped A ABS Or AERE y amp W amp If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open 2 12 SERVICE be ENGINE A gt AWD CRUISE Instruments and controls Intelligent Key warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Preview Function warning light orange if CRUISE N so equipped Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light if so equipped Exterior light indicator circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the vehicle information dis play between the speedometer and tach ometer See Vehicle information display P 2 20 4D PASSENGER a AIR BAG G D Front fog light indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light SERVICE ENGINE
325. innai 5 22 Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system 5 42 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 24 CETE Oa Ae R E N 2 44 Current fuel consumption sssseessesresreereereereeee 2 26 D Daytime running light system esseere 2 37 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch wee 2 34 Dimensions Distance to empty Door trunk open warning 2 23 Drive belts 8 19 Drive POSITIONEN sss csssscnscc sssavessecessencs 3 31 Driving All wheel drive AWD ccssccssessreeseessees 5 48 Cold weather driving 5 60 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with manual transmission 5 19 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 DS Drive Sport Mode seceseeeee 5 16 DVD player operation Economy Fuel Elapsed time Elapsed time and trip odometer Emission control information label us Emission control system warranty eeseee Engine Before starting the engine essseessseere 5 12 Break in schedule eeseeseeeereeeseeeneeeenee 5 46 Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants Changing engine coolant Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oil level Coolant temperature gauge Emergency engine shut off Engine compartment check locations Engine cooling system Engine oil a Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil replacement indicator
326. inst rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI retailer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ssccsesseescseeeeeeeee Scheduled maintenance General maintenance Where to go for service General maintenance cceeeecesseseeeeeeeeeeee Explanation of maintenance items 8 3 Maintenance Precautions ceeccsesceeseeeeeeeeeeee 8 6 Engine compartment check locations 8 8 VQ37 VAR GH SING asccsscessssassess esssazsevesscstecsceeseses 8 8 Engine cooling SySt M cceeeeseeeesceeeeeceeeeeeees 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Changing engine coolant ecceeeeeeeeeeeee 8 10 Engine Ol scsssscsessssstscnasssscesssscevedccesesessdsvssseseassese 8 11 Checking engine oil level ee eee ee eeeeee 8 11 Changing engine oil and filter 8 11 Automatic transmission fluid if so equipped 8 13 POWEr steering MUG csss cscesedscsescatscsecsssccensesaasess 8 14 Brake and clutch fluid sisiisesisssossssscssssessissessssssss 8 14 Brake fluid veces cvs aces ecewsvvenies tec cetevecuiceusdavedeoesien 8 15 Clutch fluid if so equipped eeeeeeeeeees 8 15 Window washer fluid ee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 8 15 8 16 8 17 8 17 8 18 Variable voltage control system eeeeeeeee 8 19 Drive belts sissicscccesssas
327. io subscription is not active SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station channel for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for SiriusXM Satellite Radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK CAT TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels List AM and FM radio models with navigation system When the List key on the display is selected while the FM or AM radio is being played the preset station list will be dis
328. ion about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not in cluded or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustra tions in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications perfor mance design or component suppliers without notice and without obligation From time to time INFINITI may update or revise this manual to provide owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by INFINITI to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date informa tion regarding your vehicle Current ver sions of vehicle O
329. iper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system push the lever down to the AUTO position The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward 2 High or Low e High High sensitive operation e Low Low sensitive operation To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position A CAUTION Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position The wipers may operate un expectedly and cause to an injury or a wiper damage The rain sensing auto wipers are in tended for use during rain If the switch is left in the AUTO position the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor The rain sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent the speed of the rain sensing auto wipers may be high er even though the amount of the rainfall is small Be sure to turn off the rain sensing auto
330. is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant clea ners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter A CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed A cauTION Follow the directions below to avoid stain ing or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as Appearance and care 7 3 ambient temperature e Rin
331. is available instantly when the accel erator pedal is depressed NOTE Adaptive shift control may not operate when the transmission oil temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it is very hot During some driving situations hard braking for example the adaptive shift control may automatically operate The transmission may automatically shift to a lower gear for engine braking This increases engine speed but not vehicle speed Vehicle speed is controlled by the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is in the Adaptive shift control mode When the adaptive shift control oper ates the transmission sometimes maintains a lower gear for a longer period of time than when adaptive shift control is not operating Engine speed will be higher for a specific vehicle speed while ASC system is operating than when ASC is not operating MANUAL TRANSMISSION A WARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may damage the clutch Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the
332. is needed Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants P 9 2 for drain and 10 11 refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil tempera ture and drain time Use these specifi cations for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover in
333. ith a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part SDI2042 3 4 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the con tact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See an INFINITI retailer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter
334. jured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic Remain calm and do not overreact Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehi cle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated ti
335. jury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tamper ing includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assem bly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system T
336. justing function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically low ered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly While the automatic adjusting function does not work the window will be con trolled as follows e When the door is opened the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds e While the door is open the window cannot be raised If the windows do not close auto matically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door 3 Open the window completely by oper ating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Instruments and controls 2 53 MOONROOF if so
337. king Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted SSS0652 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 SSS0653 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack SSS0641 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8
338. l and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational OFF rv2 PASSENGER AIR BAG SSS0676 Front passenger ai
339. l tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Use unleaded premium gasoline for max imum vehicle performance A cauTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants P 9 2 ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants P 9 2 for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically lo
340. lators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor In flator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occu pant classification sensor is also moni tored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front pas senger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53 for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact an INFINITI retailer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact an INFINITI retailer Contact infor mation is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmfu
341. lder slide the card in the card holder box Do not use the storage box as an ashtray SIC4308 STORAGE BOX if so equipped To open push the storage box lid as Do not place valuable items in the storage amp QD SIC3248 Sedan COAT HOOKS Sedan The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear personal lights A cauTION Do not place items which are more than 2 lb 1 kg on the hook Instruments and controls 2 49 SIC3544 Coupe Coupe To use the coat hook push the hook A to release A CAUTION Avoid hanging heavy goods on the hook 2 50 Instruments and controls SIC3467 STOWING GOLF BAGS Coupe Normally two standard golf bags can be stowed in the trunk Insert the top of the golf bag into left side of the trunk room then put the bag forward Insert the top of the 2nd golf bag into right side of the trunk room and pull it in all the way In some cases you may not be able to stow two golf bags in your vehicle depending on their sizes or types SIC3320 CARGO NET RETAINERS The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers A A cauTION Avoid keeping heavy objects in the net WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AQ WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and b
342. lect the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 Ye rY SAA2973 Automatic transmission models Manual transmission models USB Universal Serial Bus CON NECTION PORT if so equipped Audio main operation Open the console lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated Then push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port Inserting the USB de vice tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port e Do not grab the USB connection port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner
343. led information of the each command Operating tips e Say a command after the tone e Commands that are available are al ways shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Com mands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the sys tem e lf the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK amp switch The message Voice canceled will be announced e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement Voice Prompt Interrupt To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition o
344. les using the AVRCP Bluetooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the de vice is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the commu nication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wire less LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions Regulatory information FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept
345. lfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a Starting and driving 5 59 stable surface e lf wheels or tires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate e The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 60 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system P 8 9 BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery P 8 16 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system in cluding the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system P 8 9 TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pav
346. light Vanity mirror light Step light Trunk light High mounted stop light See an INFINITI retailer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 A D12032 4 Map light Vanity mirror light Type A if so ipped Gy a equipped AY Ca REMOVE i 4u INSTALL Ee SDI1679 D12031 Rear personal light Sedan only 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1839 Vanity mirror light Type B if so equipped WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire P 6 3 TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light P 2 15 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 Tire inflation pressure Check the pr
347. llation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the shift lever is not in the D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Automatic Transmission models e When the windshield wipers are oper ated at low speed LO or high speed HI e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on e When the VDC is turned off e When the VDC operates CRUISE SSD0614 Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled auto matically in the conditions described be low Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set e When the VDC is turned off e When the ABS or VDC including the traction control system operates When a tire slips When the SNOW mode switch is turned on Starting and driving 5 39 e When strong light sunlight etc is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system 5 40 Starting and driving CRUISE CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE SSD0615 Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the IC
348. llowing 1 Check the brake fluid level If brake fluid is necessary add fluid and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer See Brake and clutch fluid P 8 14 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI retailer Instruments and controls 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illumi nate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by an INFINITI retailer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light P 2 13 AQ WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the 2 14 Instruments and controls minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI retailer Charge warning l
349. lluminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For approximately 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See Seat belts P 1 16 for precautions on seat belt usage AY Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt are operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag supplemental curtain side impact air bag and pretensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI retailer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supple mental Restraint Systems and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supple mental restraint system P 1 45 A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mea
350. lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label P 9 13 of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires P 8 33 of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS con trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By pre venting each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system
351. ly 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passen ger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model year and prior
352. ly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts P 1 16 for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 SS0132B 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53 The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you
353. mation on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Color Theme Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Brown or Silver EJ Settings gt Display Auto Day Display iH Pergines Contrast Background Color H O o A SAA2115 Display settings models without navigation system The Display screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the ON indicator off When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the OFF button Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness contrast and background color of the screen select the appropriate Brightness Contrast or Background Color key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller Switch the background color to the day time mode or the nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Settings Clock On screen Clock Clock
354. mental restraint system LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufac turer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned CHILD RESTRAINTS properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE STRAINTS A WARNING e Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa tion of child restr
355. ments and controls 2 43 SIC2570 Manual transmission models REAR To open the ashtray pull the lid down To empty the ashtray push down 2 and pull out 2 44 Instruments and controls STORAGE CUP HOLDERS CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident SIC4689 Automatic transmission models Front To open the cup holder push the lid The flap will be folded down when inserting a large container To open the cup holder slide the lid Install the partition plate into the slit 1C3925 Manual transmission models Front SIC1846B Rear To open the cup holder pull the lid SIC3276 list E SIC3462 Coupe Instruments and controls 2 45 Soft bottle holder e Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses A cauTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people dur ing sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers SIC3246 SUNGLASSES HOLDER AQ WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open t
356. merica Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration NHTSA in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign How ever NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www sSafercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI If Transport Canada receives com plaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety d
357. mory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions provided by the sys tem 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the K button 8 The voice adaptation mode will be explained Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to regis ter your name 11 The system will announce that voice adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The voice adaptation mode will stop if e The button is pressed in voice adaptation mode e The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation mode e The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See INFINITI Voice Recognition STAN DARD mode P 4 101 for details For advanced operation you can use t
358. mponents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immedi ately wipe until it is completely dry e Ifthe outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C degrees the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function prop erly e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure contact an INFINITI retailer SPA2538 SPA2627 Coupe INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged or str
359. n Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law In addition to factory installed options your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by INFINITI or by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See an INFINITI retailer for details concerning the particu lar accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN DERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide informat
360. n and all the 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON other lights remain on position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF a or gD position Instruments and controls 2 35 SAA0642A Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds 2 36 Instruments and controls For automatic headlights off delay setting see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 SIC3269 Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the ZO position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch i
361. n completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice com mands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words If the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recog nized more easily 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1588 Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to Bv speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice P 4 103 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the detai
362. n that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible amp Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery When the vehicle dynamic control warning light illuminates the vehicle dynamic control system is turned on this light alerts the driver that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operat ing For example the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer For addi tional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system P 5 58 of this manual INDICATOR LIGHTS P 1 Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the automatic shift position In the manual shift mode when the transmission does not
363. n the za Or zO position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the za or ZO position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automati cally turn off after a period of time when the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the a Or ZO position after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position A cauTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off automa tically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Ca nada only The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the ma position Turn the headlight switch to the zD position when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The
364. n the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the 5 54 Starting and driving vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI retailer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control A WARNING e While driving on a slippery
365. n when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The rear seatback can be folded according to the following procedure oe lt lt SSS0220A SSS0219A To fold from the trunk 3 Fold the rear seatback down 1 Open the trunk lid 2 Pull the handle located on the left side of the trunk The rear seatback will be unlatched SPA2122 To fold from the rear seat 1 Pull the strap located at the center bottom of the seatback sideways The rear seatback will be unlatched 2 Fold the rear seatback down Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 P ee z SSS0805 To return the seatback 1 Fold up the rear seatback 2 Securely lock the seatback in position SSS0678 ARMREST if so equipped Rear armrest Pull the armrest forward until it is hor izontal 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0677 Trunk pass through The rear center seatback can be folded to allow trunk access from inside of the vehicle To access the trunk pull down the rear center armrest and pull out the trunk pass through lid
366. navigation system The Switch Beeps screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button select ing the Switch Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Display Display Adjustment Color Theme SAA2486 Display settings models with na vigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Display Adjustment key The following settings are available e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the ies OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller For infor
367. nchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY A WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources includ ing doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organiza tions Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child
368. ndicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful program ming NOTE Some devices to be programmed may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the Pro gramming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers P 2 60 Instruments and controls 2 59 C eta 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e If the indicator light is solid continuous programming is com plete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released e If the indicator light _ blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not JVI0429X 2 60 Instruments and controls stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging anten na wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button refer ence the garage door opener s manual 5 Press and release the learn or smart button NOTE Once the button is pressed you have approximately 30 seconds to
369. nected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently connected the newly selected phone will be con nected to the system QUICK DIAL This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phone book into the Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see Phone setting P 4 84 If a phonebook does not automatically download the Quick Dial may be set for up to 1 000 entries This Quick Dial allows the record ing of a name to speak while using voice recognition 2 Settings Edit Quick Dial O M Ful 229 Settings Quick Dial O m Yul Add New 9 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX Push the PHONE button and select the Quick Dial key Select the Add New key at the top of the screen JVHO474X Copy from Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad JVHO475X 3 Choose the method for entering the phonebook entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad Enter the digits and select the OK key See How to use touch screen models with navigation system P 4 5 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 O Ml Full Gece Setti
370. ng appears if the outside tem perature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See Trip computer P 2 26 17 Cruise indicator Cruise main switch indicator The indicator is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator The indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the indicator blinks while the engine is running it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Cruise control P 5 22 for details Instruments and controls 2 23 18 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the In telligent Cruise Control ICC system main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the main switch indicator is dis played the ICC system is operational 2 24 Instruments and controls MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL MAINTENANCE amp OIL FILTER MAINTENANCE TIRE MAINTENANCE OTHER SIC3281 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for changing the
371. ng the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle A WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by an INFINITI retailer The air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and the pretensioner system should be inspected by an INFINITI retailer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls COCK Pit sccesscassscassecvsssvs ccevsscysssesesccesssessseveciseseasesess 2 3 mstrument DAME sess ccsscdses seveveveccedcccasvcasevees vetentes 2 4 Meters and SaugeS ceseeseeeeeee Speedometer and odometer Tachometer ss scssisiversdscedessdienscsssscoeedeanvesnaess a Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Fuel SAUSE i iassc
372. nge the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 ye SSS0640 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint INFINITI does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger Seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove
373. nge when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A cauTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats P 6 11 for immediate action required SY SIC4292 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers E Empty The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The W gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passengers side of the vehicle CAUTION e Ifthe vehicle runs out of fuel the one malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible Aft
374. ngs Quick Dial David 111 111 1111 Voicetag Name Number JVHO476X 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 6 Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone 7 When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the Quick Dial entry 8 After the Quick Dial entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Quick Dial There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Enter Number by Key pad in step 3 Copy from Call History The system will show a list of incoming outgoing or missed calls that were downloaded from the connected cellu lar phone depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DOME Phone Quick Dial N 2 3 IM xxxx XXXXXXXXXXX JVH0477X Editing the Quick Dial 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Quick Dial key Select the desired entry from the displa
375. njured Be especially tal air bags and roof mounted curtain side careful with children who should always impact supplemental air bags be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown e The front seat mounted side impact air in the Illustrations bags and roof mounted curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a e Do not use seat covers on the front frontal impact rear impact rollover or seatbacks They may interfere with side lower severity side collision Always air bag inflation wear your seat belts to help reduce the SSS0162 risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 supplemental air bag inflators Air bag Control Unit ACU ia 9 Satellite sensors 10 Seat belt pretensioners Y w gt o D N 0 10 JVRO390X Sedan 1 Crash zone sensor tern sensor 2 Supplemental front air bag modules 5 Occupant classification system con INFINITI Advanced Air Bags trol unit 3 Front seat mounted side impact sup 6 Roof mounted curtain side impact plemental air bags supplemental air bags 4 Occupant classification sensor pat 7 Roof mounted curtain side impact 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system JVRO117X Coupe Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules 5 INFINITI Advanced Air
376. nleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precau tions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Use unleaded premium gasoline for max imum vehicle performance A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect warranty coverage 9 4 Technical and consumer information e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is available Many of the automobile man
377. noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly How ever the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control func tion e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving condi tions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep
378. not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owner s Manual Service Manual order information P 9 25 You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by an INFINITI retailer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 11 Engine coolant reservoir 12 Engine oil dipstick JVCO332X VQ37VHR ENGINE mission models 1 Fuse fusible link holder 6 Window washer fluid reservoir 2 Battery 7 Power steering fluid reservoir 3 Engine oil filler cap 8 Air cleaner 4 Brake fluid reservoir 9 Radiator filler cap 5 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Trans 10 Drive belts 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long
379. ns the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the air bag and or pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the air bag and or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI retailer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE DURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the sup plemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI retailer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducti
380. nt Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For informa tion regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITI retailer SY SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors glove box and trunk pass through lid for Sedan if they are equipped with a key cylinder See Doors P 3 4 and Trunk lid P 3 19 Storage P 2 44 and Seats P 1 3 A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligen
381. nt Key system P 3 7 or Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2324 SPA2404 TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See Intelligent Key system P 3 7 SPA2308 TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch or the TRUNK button on the Intelli gent Key When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Keys P 3 2 To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position SPA2402 Coupe Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE A WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the t
382. ntains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Starting and driving 5 35 Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually acceler ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during accel eration to the set vehicle speed or any time 5 36 Starting and driving the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle SSD0611 When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds
383. ntelligent Key port Doing so may cause damage to the equipment e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction e Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil coolant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appear ance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head re straints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passen gers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indica tor lights and audible reminders P 2 12 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake restarting depress the accelerator 4 Warm up 2 Automatic Transmission AT model Move the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either of the above positions Manual Transmission MT model Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position D
384. ntil the shift lever is moved to the P Park position Automatic Transmission models When the ignition switch cannot be switched toward the LOCK position pro ceed as follows Move the shift lever into the P Park position Automatic Transmission models 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 2 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed Automatic Transmission mod els PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical acces sories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off in this position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position Automatic Trans mission models A cauTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition
385. nting holes C p T STI0495 AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is attached as shown NS f i ON J nut bs E zg S a is eS Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to Screws ZS drill the hole STI0696 Sedan 9 14 Technical and consumer information Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag e License plate bracket e j nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 Only use the recommended mounting position otherwise the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sensor obstruction if so equipped may result SEDAN 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground 2 Locate the center position as illu strated Position the license plate bracket at a distance of approximately 0 35 in 9 mm from the bottom of the bumper Hold the license plate bracket in place 3 Mark the center of the hole witha felt tip pen 4 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the licen
386. ntrols Sedan Type A if so equipped a SIC3285 Sedan Type B if so equipped Coupe Automatic operation for front door windows or all door windows To fully open or close the window com pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function A WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs Automatic adjusting function Coupe A CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic window ad
387. o not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A cauTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage SSD0600 ACCELERATE RESUME switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal PWNR To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
388. oad carry ing capacity as originally equipped See Specifications P 9 8 for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels AQ WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury For Two Wheel Drive 2WD models if your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See Wheels and tires P 9 9 of this manual for wheel off set dimen sions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure w
389. ognition systems 1 2 RADIO am rm Models with navigation system Radio band select button DISC AUX button SAA2922 Models without navigation system 1 AUX Satellite band select button 2 Radio band select button 3 DISC button For all operation precautions see Audio operation precautions P 4 38 The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For SiriusXM Satellite Radio push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source which was playing immedi ately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display sho
390. oice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases auto matically for easy recognition e Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command e Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words SAA1588 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to R speak a command Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the iconis B e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel e lf the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e lf you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK switch for 1 second The message Voice canceled will be announced e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system
391. ollowing gui dance Please say the digits to dial After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback System learning mode for recognition improvement SAA2549 Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a func tion to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel and select the Others key 2 Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the Speaker Adaptation key Settings Speaker Adaptation Store delete or edit voice data for User 1 SAA2550 Select the user whose voice is memor ized by the system Select the Start Speaker Adaptation Learning key 6 Settings Speaker Adaptation Settings Speaker Adaptation Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help
392. on in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes CRUISE SSD0471 Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly a chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunction ing the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING e The Anti
393. ong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors and open the trunk lid SPA2407 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle or the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors or the trunk e Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door e The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle re
394. onomy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Where am I Displays your current location e Audio Command Command Action AM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played FM Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band selecting the channel last played cD Starts to play a CD e General Commands Command Action Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Exit Cancels Voice Recognition Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Voice command examples To use the INFINITI Voice Recognition function speaking one command is some times sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more com mands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual SAA1588 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone number 800 662 6200 1 Push the TALK amp the steering wheel switch located on 2 Speak Phone after the system an nounces 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognition Phone Yul HL 4 Dial Number 4J Quick Dial uJ Phonebook J Call History 4 Internation
395. ont of the rearview mirror are used for the handsfree communications If the audio system is being used at the time the audio mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When th
396. ontrolled by a transmis sion control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift lever button before shifting the shift lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive DS Drive Sport or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the shift lever This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion A WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is com pleted Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engin
397. operly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD LHA0484 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player models with navigation system Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humid ity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidi
398. or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI Voice Recognition Information User Guide Information User Guide o 88066262200 Digits were not recognized correctly Please check the analysis of your speech for possible improvements Soft Good Loud Volume of voice o _ 4 Slow Good Fast o Speed Eary Good Late H Try Again Done Start of speaking SAA2534 Let s Practice This mode helps learn how to use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message screen appears push the TALK switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be con firmed Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone SAA2533 Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands correctly Select Help on Speaking to start display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute Whe
399. or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlet with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAYS if so equipped SIC3219 FRONT To open the ashtray lid push the lid down and release it To empty the ashtray pull out The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lighter in all the way G then release it When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use A cauTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Instru
400. or another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A e Bluetooth On Off Use the Bluetooth On Off command to turn on off Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Help The system announces the available commands VOICE ADAPTATION MODE The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two users with different dialects to train the system to improve recognition accu racy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 transmission in Park 3 Press the amp button 4 Speak Help The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 5 Speak Voice Adaptation The system acknowledges the command and dis plays the voice adaptation mode screen 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both me
401. ored name Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Navigation Commands Command Action Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point Delete Destination Deletes a destination Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Information Commands Command Action Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Displays your current location Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Weather Information Displays weather information Weather Map Displays a weather map 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio Commands Command Action CD Starts to play a CD Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band selecting the channel last played USB Turns on the USB memory
402. ormance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When instal ling tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed
403. osition the system is also automati cally turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again quickly push and release the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on A cauTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con trol make sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Con trol system 5 44 Starting and driving CRUISE SSD0620 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens manually main tain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of the following methods 1 Push the CANCEL button The SET indicator will go out 2 Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out 3 Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch 2
404. ossible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the doors and the trunk lid using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or condi tions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system Ay CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicat ing with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system trans mits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station e When in possession of wireless equip ment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in conta
405. otating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km See Flat tire P 6 3 for tire repla cing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tigh tened to the specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specifica tion at each tire rotation interval AQ WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the T type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Tire rotation Models equipped with different size tires on front and rear Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle as front tires are a different size from rear tires A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor AQ WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the
406. oth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models without navigation system A WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A cauTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time When a call is active the audio system and microphone located in the ceiling in fr
407. ould affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels sepa rately to determine axle loads In dividual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings 9 20 Technical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry passengers and cargo INFINITI does not recommend trailer towing because it places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steering braking and other systems An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www InfinitiUSA com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by INFINITI warranties FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A cauTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward nev
408. ould be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be at tached to the jack stand saddle 5 Remove the plastic engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover b Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place A cauTION Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 SDI2335 Two wheel drive 2WD models Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the oil filler cap Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil A cauTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2047 All wheel drive AWD models e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change
409. ound See Intelligent Key system P 3 7 6 PUSH warning Automatic Transmission models This warning appears when the shift lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the shift lever to P PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 7 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replacement P 8 26 8 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed 9 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 10 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the
410. ounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI Starting and driving 5 45 retailer PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models The ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play For more details see Brake assist P 5 55 5 46 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throt
411. oximately 1 second SSD0338 e The sensor will not detect 1 Pedestrians or objects in the road way 2 Oncoming vehicles in the same lane 3 Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated A WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at Starting and driving 5 55 all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibi lity in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes 5 56 Starting and driving Vehicle positi
412. p is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly SPA2720 after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning Sedan SERVICE appears may cause the sen malfunction SOON indicator light MIL to illuminate aa amp Via Coupe 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING A LOOSE FUEL CAP Wais ae MEXIT RESET SPA2802 LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See Fuel filler cap P 3 23 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until a single click is heard 3 Push the reset switch A on the right side of the combination meter panel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING A WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning fo
413. peration within the limitations of the system When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transpar ent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary How ever the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele rates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en ough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h The system will also disengage below the 20 MPH 32 km h cut off speed or over the
414. phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 a gt side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually con trol the intake air push the intake air control button acy To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control button aa lt gt for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculation and outside air circulation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventilators lt 4 Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets a Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button 1 2 3 4 5 6 _ _ A C s Gy MODE OFF amp Ge AUTO m 7 8 9 10 AUTO automatic operation button Temperature control dial driver side A C air conditioner ON OFF button fan speed increase button Gp front defroster button MODE manual air flow control but ton DUAL zone control ON OFF button Temperature control dial passenger side OFF button for climate control sys tem fan speed decrease button gg rear window defroster button 4 34 Monitor climate
415. played If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset Menu SiriusXM Satellite Radio models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing on a station while listening to SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a keypad Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information listed below will be displayed on the screen e CH Name Category Name Title Other Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
416. pm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood AQ WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If cool 6 12 In case of emergency ant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine AQ WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI retailer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assur
417. position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automatically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs or or DISC PLAY When the DISC AUX or DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX or DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play Menu models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The follow ing menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Track List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with com pressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with compressed audio files Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 Text mod
418. quest switch can be set to remain inactive See Vehicle information and settings P 4 9 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2724 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag SPA2725 When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passengers within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode P 3 17 Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside th
419. quipped Push the front or back end of the switch to Move the lever 4 up or down to adjust the adjust the seatback lumbar area seatback lumbar area Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 SSS0685 Side support if so equipped The side support feature provides thigh and torso supports Push the switch inside or outside 2 to adjust the thigh area Push the switch inside or outside to adjust the torso area SSS1057 Thigh extension if so equipped The front portion of the front seats can be extended forward for seating comfort Pull up and hold the lever to extend the front portion to the desired position 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1058 Passenger s seat slide if so equipped Pushing the passengers seat slide switch will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Oro Walk in mechanism Coupe This feature makes it easier to get in and out of the rear seat Use the following procedure when getting in and out of the rear seat If the sun visor is used close it to the original position before operating the walk in feature 1 Pull the seat
420. r bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light AQ WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light arg is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as out lined in this section The ra light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions outlined in this section The r light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatic
421. r the front seats plays only sound without images for regulatory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory devices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this system e Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly e Some characters used in other lan guages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on display Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries e Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly e An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek opera tion In this case please manually reset the iPod e An iPod nano 2nd Generation will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek opera tion e Anincorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation e Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod e Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily
422. rance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AQ WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A cauTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material For cleaning use a soft cloth dampened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener
423. re may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line e The displayed lines will appear slightly A HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE off to the right because the rear view COURSE LINES camera is not installed in the rear center 1 Visually check that the parking space is of the vehicle safe before parking your vehicle e The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different from the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed ob jects e When backing up the vehicle up a hill f objects viewed in the monitor are further Na than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects 2 The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen as illustrated when the shift lever is moved to the R Reverse position SAA1897 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 guide lines parallel to the parking space 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic Transmis sion models or in an appropriate gear Manual Transmission models and apply the parking brake
424. re than 2 sec HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood slowly close the hood down to latch both the right and left locks Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place A WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID A WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monoxide P 5 3 of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 SPA2307 TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch is located on the instrument panel To open the trunk lid push the release switch down as illustrated To close push the trunk lid down You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key See Intellige
425. rea where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed e When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call e Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www InfinitiUSA com blue tooth for troubleshooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pair ing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones
426. replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan e The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI retailer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION e Do
427. res Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires P 8 33 of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condi tions of the vehicle road and traffic A WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a Starting and driving 5 7 collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu ally stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the
428. restraint e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints For ward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AQ WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints P 1 25 A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints P 1 25 for more information INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
429. restraint is re moved store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints headrests P 1 11 for head restraint removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle por tion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Seat belts P 1 16 OFF A PASSENGER AIR BAG SSS0676 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 53
430. retailer are our primary concerns Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions please con tact our INFINITI s Consumer Affairs De partment using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information e Your name address and telephone number e Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your INFINITI retailer s name Your comments or questions You can write to INFINITI with the informa tion on the left at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www InfinitiUSA com for U S customers or www Infiniti ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat
431. ring wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it Menu Options Route Info Settings SAA2476 Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 Settings Comfort Auto Interior Illumination oo l Light Sensitivity C bel LD N J Cos Speed Sensing Wiper Interval ON Selective Door Unlock O ON a Adjust head lamp on time after shut off Light Off Delay Models with navigation system 1 2 3 Elsaings gt common O A O EEEN B Auto Interior Illumination e EL Light Sensitivity 0000 OCs 8 Light Off Delay JE Sheed Sensing weoma ON A EF soene Doorurick pown Cabin lighting when unlocking adors J SAA2477 JVH0179M Models without navigation system HOW TO SELECT
432. river s seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory switch When the parking brake is released MT models When the speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h while the parking brake is applied MT models To restart the drive positioner system move the parking brake to off and on When the engine is started while mov ing the automatic drive positioner When the AT shift lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position When the driver s door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON position When the seatback is folded Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 e While the walk in function operates e The seat synchronization function is automatically disabled if the outside mirrors or steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment e The seat synchronization function will not operate if the seat is adjusted over one of the following maximum thresh olds Seat sliding 3 0 in 76 mm Seatback reclining 9 1 degrees Seat lifter rear side 0 8 in 20 mm 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recog nition systems Safety NOL sess ceiniess cativedecsscesavcscuves
433. rk plug Standard FXE24HR 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information ST10425 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Sedan Type Size Offset in mm Conventional 17 x 7 1 2 1 77 45 Spare 17 x 4T 1 18 30 Coupe Type Size Offset in mm 18 x 8J 19 x 8 1 2 1 69 43 Conventional et oe lt Front 19 x 8 1 2 1 69 43 Rear 19 x 9J 1 77 45 17 x 4T 1 18 30 Spare 18 x 4T 0 0 Technical and consumer information 9 9 Tire Sedan Type Conventional Spare T type Coupe Type Conventional Spare T type Size P225 55R17 95V T145 80D17 107M Pressure PSI kPa Cold 33 230 60 420 Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold P225 50R18 94V 33 230 P225 45R19 92V 35 240 Front 225 45R19 92W Rear 245 40R19 94W 35 240 T145 80D17 107M 60 420 T145 70R18 107M 9 10 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS Sedan Overall length with front license plate Overall length without front license plate Overall width Overall height in mm 188 1 4 779 187 9 4 773 69 8 1 773 57 2 1 453 1 57 8 1 468 2 Front tread 59 8 1 520 Rear tread 60 2 1 530 Wheelbase 112 2 2 850 Coupe Overall length with front license plate Overall length without front license plate Overall width Overall heigh
434. rm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelli gent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI retailer Instruments and controls 2 29 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada 2 30 Instruments and controls This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter ference that may cause undesir
435. ront wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device If you have to tow manual transmission In case of emergency 6 13 6 14 models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground Push the ignition switch to the ON position and turn off all accessories Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only e Rear wheels on the ground Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km e Four wheels on the ground Speed Below 70 MPH 112 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission In case of emergency LN A SCE0488 All wheel drive models All Wheel Drive AWD models VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be vehicle used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle A CAUTION e Donot spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and re
436. roperly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attach ments that can be connected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH P 1 27 If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child re 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system straints for infants and small children of various sizes When sele
437. rp object Do not touch the glass if it breaks Doing so could result in an injury e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Donot splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system AQ WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are possi ble using the touch screen operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Settings volume amp Beers amp volume amp Beers Audio Display Phone D Bluetooth SAA2473 Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area on the screen Touc
438. rtain side impact supplemental air DAS SYSLOMSivsiacessnecdsesccesedenssdecdivssisvavesacsvaned es Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 56 1 58 Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Repair and replacement procedure SEATS ae Sit upright and well back A WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the SS0133 seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Pre cautions on seat belt usage P 1 16 After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The seatback should not be reclined further than necessary for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increase
439. ruise Control ICC system WANING light scisiscassassssscssscsscsssscedectessesssnsveneousss 2 14 INCE SENEK CY scvessevecccctsesesecaedeouvereapevasvesteveecevees 3 2 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator 2 22 Intelligent Key insertion indicator eee 2 22 Intelligent Key removal indicator cesses 2 22 Intelligent Key SySteM eeeeseesseeeseeeseeeeeeeenee 3 7 Battery replacement csscscscsscsssseeeee 8 26 Key operating range we 39 Key operation Warning light Warning signals Intelligent Key warning light ee eeeeeseeeeees 2 15 Interior light control switch tee eeseeseeeeeeees 2 56 Interior light replacement ceeeesseeeseeeseeees 8 30 interior UMS iss isscssescessedascseataieesccszecssssedatessxeasd 2 55 Interior trunk lid release 0 eee eeeeeeseeeseeeeeeees 3 22 iPod player operation ISOFIX child restraint J JUMP Starting ss si caccccscceccescessavascssesnvevenccvescasecct veces 6 9 K Keyless entry See remote keyless ENNELY SYSTEM sicscsisssennsscaessesevacseradasovesvecestesvateses 3 15 KEYS sscacasasdessssessssesssnascsaessensdasseseassazacssssstesennesvacs 3 2 For Intelligent Key system sseseseeseeereeeee 3 7 10 4 Air bag warning labels Air conditioner specification label Emission control information label Engine serial number F M V S S C MV S S certification label Tire and Loading Information label Vehicle identifi
440. runk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event that people become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery Releasing inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Releasing from the rear seat Sedan You can access the release handle through the trunk pass through rear seat armrest See Armrest P 1 10 To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases Coupe You can access the release handle by folding the rear seat Pull the strap located at the center bottom of the seatback and then fold down the seatback See Rear seats P 1 8 To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases FUEL FILLER DOOR SPA1562A Coupe OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the r
441. rward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 SPA2328 MANUAL OPERATION if so ELECTRIC OPERATION if so equipped equipped Tilt or telescopic operation Tilt or telescopic operation Pull the lock lever down and adjust the Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel steering wheel up down forward or rear up or down forward or rearward to the ward to the desired position desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS SIC3451 SEDAN COUPE 1 To block glare from the front swing A CAUTION down the sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove e Do not store the main sun visor before the sun visor from the center mount storing the extension sun visor and swing the visor to the side e Do not pull the extension sun visor amp 3 Slide the sun visor G in or out as needed forcedly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing 7 down the main sun visor I 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center Ny mount and
442. s hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 4 14 dBm E I R P Modulation FHSS GFSK 8DPSK x 4DQPSK Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibi lity of radio interference REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information IC CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc Bluetooth and licensed to Visteon Cor poration SAA1582 CONTROL BUTTONS PHONE SE
443. sccestensecsesonseenece sss 4 37 In cabin microfilter ssssseiisssssssssssresesessssersses 4 37 Servicing climate control c eeeeeeeeee ween 4 38 AUGIO SYStOM s ccscesivsssesscsiacdessesesbessnsssederssacsesoats 4 38 Audio operation precautions eseeeeeee 4 38 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD PLA V Oi veces casas es sceassstewsddestessevedeiessssesoess 4 51 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player operation models with navigation system 4 56 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if SO EQUIPPOG wai eccieccdesasiescessacssieexsassescdsdoetsest 4 60 Bluetooth streaming audio models with Navigation system eceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 65 iPod player Operation ccssccesscesseeesseees 4 70 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 72 Steering wheel mounted controls for AUGIO saeis coewidissveacaeesescedessesadestevssesanccseenss 4 73 Antenna cccssiesccicssasssccessstsesacssssseassssseseasessenes 4 75 Car phone or CB radio eeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeee 4 75 Control DUTIONS iccccisscssssccsssscsscesessssscsacssassss 4 88 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Voice Recognition SyStem ceeeeeseeeeeeeeee 4 88 models with navigation system Pairing Procedure cccccccceesesssccseeessseeeeees 4 93 Regulatory information Phonebook registration seeeeeeeeeeeees 4 94 Voice COMMANAS ssecceceeeerreeees Making a callis rinos enses sess Con
444. sdes vated sedate vessents 4 3 Center multi function control panel 66 4 3 How to use INFINITI controller eecceseeee 4 5 How to use touch screen models with Navigation SYStEM eeeseceeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeees 4 5 Menu options models with Navigation SYStEM cceesseeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees How to select menus on the screen Vehicle information and settings eae How to use STATUS Dbutton ceecceseceeeceeeees How to use brightness control and display ON OFF DUTEON scis 2ecesaceacessbacssboesesasesesteexessioses How to use INFO button ee eeeecceeeeseeeeeeee How to use SETTING button RearView MOnitor ccesseseeeeeee How to read displayed lines How to park with predictive course lines 4 25 Difference between predicted and actual CiStaNCeS sissssccscsssccesescssccssssscsessscscassoss 4 27 Predictive course line SettingS eeeee 4 29 How to adjust screen ee eeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeneees 4 29 Operating LPS ccicess cessesgedevescesdececnoscasdscwssns sees 4 29 Ventilators siscecsics ssi cosasa vecsausdecsesusdervecncsvavceedevce 4 30 Automatic climate Control cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 31 Automatic climate control Type A if SO EQUIPPO sass sccvssweesccuscossasssavecessveetvactoveess 4 32 Automatic climate control Type B if SO EQUIPPE scrisese rainier in 4 34 Operating TPS wis lt ccsccecinesscse
445. se characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES ASA ae res a FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibit ing many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interfer ence from buildings l
446. se plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm Technical and consumer information 9 15 Step 4 2 1 2 in yt 65 mm Bumper Step 5 Flat blade Rear surface of the license plate bracket Step 6 Nea Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole Ey screwdriver Step 9 Khe Mounting holes Step 8 A ie z p Screw grommet Step Screws SY PIN amp L STI0813 9 16 Technical and consumer information Coupe COUPE 1 2 Park the vehicle on flat level ground Locate the center position indicator on the lower part of the grille Measure straight down from the edge where the bumper and grille meet to the aligning holes keeping the tape measure lined up with the center position indicator Mark the holes with a felt tip pen For Sports models Carefully drill the two aligning holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked loca tions Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia For Sports models Line up the bosses or license plate bracket with the holes and hold the license plate bracket in place Mark the center of the holes with a felt tip pen Carefully drill the two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes throu
447. se the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differen tials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack In case of emergency 6 5 Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions Jack up point 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground 6 6 In case of emergency 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire SCE0661
448. se the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce dis coloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This com pound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be diffi cult to remove 7 4 Appearance and care e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manu facturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appea
449. seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases e Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach e Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt LRSO455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO453 e Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat
450. ser s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid exces sive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts P 1 16 of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be in
451. sfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage 1 Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h 2 Avoid hard acceleration or decelera tion 3 Avoid steep uphill grades 4 If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer A cauTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system lt Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see Security systems P 2 28 amp 9 Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic con
452. shift to the upper or lower range tempora rily The transmission will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows My M gt Mg gt My gt Me gt Mg 7 7th Use these positions for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and 5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel econ omy e Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear or may automatically shift to the other gear This helps maintain driving per formance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control e When the transmission does not shift to the selected gear the Automa
453. sing the HOT range HOT MAX HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range G COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid tempera tures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Re move the cap and fill through the opening 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid informa tion see Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants P 9 2 of this manual A WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed contain er Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children A cauTION Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water SDI2025 BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer J
454. sition is shown further than the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over position in the display However the the actual backing up course position is actually at the same distance as the position A The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems position A if the object projects over the actual backing up course Settings Camera Predictive Course Lines Display of predictive course line SAA2404 Models with navigation system i Settings gt Camera SAA2606 Models without navigation system PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGS To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line display push the SETTING button select the Camera key and push the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Camera key e Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to ON the predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position HOW TO ADJUST SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor push the SETTING but ton with the RearView Monitor on select the Display key on the screen and select the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black
455. smitter buttons without interruption e position the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmit ter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION The following procedure clears the pro grammed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be repro grammed see Reprogramming a single HomeLink button P 2 61 To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button 2 61 Instruments and controls 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing th
456. sssecescassscescsavecsesssavascaassevess 8 19 Spark PlUSS ssccesevccccsvvecevsccvdesascasveceiresexseuavdevseevs 8 20 Replacing Spark plugs ceeeeeeeceeeeeeee eee 8 20 Air cleaner Windshield wiper blades ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 22 ClCANIN Gs cciesccassscasscevssevscscesccassececseressssscoevese 8 22 Replacing wiv cssessversevesscteleevsdersesvenevevsecevenexewee 8 22 Brake eaves A A E E da vassexsiarcssvaveese 8 23 Self adjusting brakes ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 23 Brake pad wear Warning ceeeeseeeeeeeee eee 8 23 FUSE Seesar aah Engine compartment Passenger compartment Intelligent Key battery replacement 8 26 LICKS sssscsccsccsiscccssscsssscssssscccssvescssdcasiacsssacesoessese 8 28 SOOM vss sivacastsciauaerenscdheedeasesasctetadesasscessczneese 8 28 COUPE curas dereires d r n a erinin 8 29 Headlights wsscciiscscssscsccvesccvesceacssstsassceseeceseese 8 30 Exterior and interior lights cceeeseeeeeee 8 30 Wheels and tireS sccsssssscoosssccessscssssecsssessessees Tire pressure Tire labeling Types Of US cicccsscecascsscscescevesesssseaseccaascevess Tires chain Sissonne onssa retay see ena ena a Changing wheels and tires MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sion and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make
457. ssvccsasciennviveeasecvsavereesseses 2 38 Fog light SWItCH isicsccccsssscsscececssssccsscssssscasess 2 39 HOMN wisccssccsesssssssecsesasscscsssasas Heated seats SNOW mode switch if so equipped 2 41 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 41 CLOCK sissscssssscssssscssecsscccssscasscseasssssassessasccsssecesssce Adjusting the time Power outlet sci scissscccesesesscesedscadanscvessi cazedeapessioess Cigarette lighter and ashtrays if so equipped FROME isene sss sncwssascudeiacalasesacascasesawacersesnasde ste REAP ssssssissssssssis Stora gessen paas a Cup holders 008 Sunglasses holder GIOVE DOX vse sscsssccasssscssssnscessccasscsessedsssvvecsresse Console DOX sewisccisesvscces cctedscence vec cedvvetesensvervs Card holder if so equipped eeeeeee 2 49 Storage box if so equipped eeeeeeeee 2 49 Coat NOOKS 2 wisaie cdesacesestssessssaietascdscssenesvaxerse 2 49 Stowing golf bags Coupe eeeeeeeeeeeeees Cargo Net retainers s c sccccsessccessosesesscossasccansess Windows Power WINDOWS ss ciiccessscusevecessidaevecadeicctedesssees Moonroof if So equipped eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Power MOONMOOKR sisccsascssssscssecssesesocdansecssosanass Interior UghtS es ssses ccs cavvavevssassiendecudessisvasdedsevaasee Map light sc ccsscssssscavanecesvcctescesess Persona Interior l lights Sedan light control switch Vanity mirror ligh
458. st every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI retailer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see an_ INFINITI retailer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles an chors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check
459. sult Never tow AWD models with any of the in serious injury Parts of your vehicle wheels on the ground as this may cause could also overheat and be damaged serious and expensive damage to the powertrain Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for the recovery device SKRUN DO SS SS S SRP SCE0893 Sedan Coupe Front 1 To remove the hook cover from the bumper with a suitable tool insert the tool into the mesh and take off the removable part In case of emergency 6 15 6 16 Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use In case of emergency SCE0891 Rear Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery A CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Donot use the vehicle tie downs to freea vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle
460. sult in serious personal injury or property damage A CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this shift position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever to the P Park Starting and driving 5 15 position A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 5 16 Starting and driving DS Drive Sport mode Move the shift lever from D Drive to the left into the manual shift gat
461. swing it to the side 3 Draw out the extension sun visor from the main sun visor to block from further glare mo OZO SPA2471 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 MIRRORS SPA2447 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2422A Type A if so equipped SPA2450 Type B if so equipped Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Type A if so equipped Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the switch again to turn the system on Type B if so equipped Push the O switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation
462. switch in ACC or ON posi tions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds Starting and driving 5 11 SSD0768 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the Intelligent Key port A blinks and the indicator appears on the vehicle informa tion display See Vehicle information display P 2 20 In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured 5 12 Starting and driving To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the vehicle infor mation display replace the battery as soon as possible See Intelligent Key battery replacement P 8 26 A CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelli gent Key in the I
463. sys tem refrigerant and lubricant recommenda tions Your INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate con trol system AY WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to en hance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general character istics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems equipment is used The
464. t Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase els 183 2 4 653 6 183 8 4 669 7 183 1 4 650 6 183 7 4 665 7 71 8 1 823 54 8 1 390 3 54 9 1 393 4 55 4 1 406 5 60 8 1 545 61 4 1 560 112 2 2 850 1 Sedan Two Wheel Drive 2WD mod 2 Sedan All Wheel Drive AWD models 3 Coupe Two Wheel Drive 2WD 18 in A s5 6 7 tire models Coupe Two Wheel Drive 2WD 19 in tire models Coupe All Wheel Drive AWD models Coupe Standard models Coupe Sports models WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regula tions The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the respon
465. t 7 1 Folder Random 1 Disc Random A CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD Digital Versatile Disc PLAYER OPERATION models with naviga tion system Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertainment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic Transmission models or in an appropriate gear Manual Transmission models and apply the parking brake AQ WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death A cauTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for ex
466. t Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the CANCEL side 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the trunk pass through for Sedan with the mechan ical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See Trunk lid P 3 19 Storage P 2 44 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS and Seats P 1 3 A WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents SPA2527 The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driv
467. t illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light P 2 15 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 AQ WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still Starting and driving 5 5 illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire P 6 3 for changing a flat tire e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tir
468. t may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system chest The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See Supplemental air bag warning light P 1 59 for more details If the operation of the supple mental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt pretensioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual SSS1016 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits for the air bag systems pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This mea
469. t surface when putting on or removing the body cover 7 2 Appearance and care WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwash ing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel
470. tch JVHO481X 3 Speak International Call Voice Recognition International Call Yul Voice Recognition International Call Yul HL Say the entire number or groups of numbers Say 0 9 pound star or plus Manual Controls To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2541 4 Speak 011811112223333 E 011811112223333 K 4J Dial uJ Change Number Manual Controls Please continue or say Dial To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2542 5 Speak Dial 6 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 NOTE Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alternate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Mode is acti vated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK amp switch In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recogni tion success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recognition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available
471. ted by an INFINITI retailer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2222 1 Intelligent Keys 2 sets 2 Mechanical keys inside the Keys 2 sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system com ponents and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelli gent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelli gent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled Contact an INFINITI retailer A cauTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in transmit ter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resis tant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C degrees the battery of the Intellige
472. tem When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside chime will sound and the trunk will open BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and The shift lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See Troubleshooting guide P 3 14 and Vehicle information display P 2 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine Symptom The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds con tinuously Automatic Transmission models Possible cause The shift lever is not in the P Park position Action to take Shift the shift lever to the P Park position When shifting the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic Transmission models
473. ten sioner system checked and if necessary replaced by an INFINITI retailer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioners This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner system Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioners should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as i
474. tended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to mal function e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjustment key and then select each key Then you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting 0 00 00 Wide paese DiGcITaL 5 1 ch SAA2497 Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instru ment panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off auto Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 matically after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD opera
475. th the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover A using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock as illustrated 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI retailer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible Adaptive shift control ASC The adaptive shift control system automa tically operates when the transmission is in the D drive and DS Drive Sport position and selects an appropriate gear depending on the road conditions such as uphill downhill or curving roads Control on uphill and curving roads A low gear is maintained that suits the degree of the slope or curve to allow smooth driving with a small number of shifts Control on downhill roads The adaptive shift control system shifts to a low gear that suits the degree of the slope and uses the engine braking to reduce the number of times that the brake must be used Control on winding roads A low gear is maintained on continuous curves that involve repeated acceleration and deceleration so that smooth accelera tion
476. the head restraint headrest 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest prop erly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notch must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position SSS0997 ADJUST For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 JVRO259X For non adjustable head restraint head rest Make sure the head restraint headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position SS1035 SSS1036 Raise To raise the head restraint hea
477. the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when t
478. the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests P 1 11 for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system interfering with the proper child re straint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0360B Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installa tion only See Installing top tether strap P 1 41 Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor S SS0651 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode child re straint mode It reverts to Emergency Loc
479. the same time that the hands free phone is connected When this item is active the system will automatically re download the entries re gistered in the connected phone even if you attempt to delete the entries TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 100 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone The system fails to interpret the com 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle mand correctly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately The system consistently selects the 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Quick Dial P 4 79 wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 Blueto
480. the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for C
481. the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 31 gt ok A ACCEL LOA ST SET Z SSD0605 Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 2 COAST SET switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 5 32 Starting and driving DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance e Long e Middle e Short MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE 6 SSD0606 Intelligent cruise control system display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch 4 Indicates your vehicle 5 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehi
482. the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information la bel Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Sedan SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE P225 55R17 95V 230 kPa 33 PSI REAR ORI P225 55R17 GINAL TIRE 95V T145 80D17 SPARE TIRE 107M 230 kPa 33 PSI 420 kPa 60 PSI Coupe COLD TIRE SIZE INFLATION PRESSURE P225 50R18 230 kPa 94V 33 PSI P225 45R19 240 kPa 92V 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI P225 50R18 230 kPa 94V 33 PSI Example i Example REAR ORI P225 45R19 240 kPa TIRE LABELING Tire size example P215 60R16 GINAL TIRE 92V 35 PSI Federali i i 94H 240 kPa E a ee eee 1 P The P indicates the tire is turers to place standardized informa gate tion on the sidewall of all tires This designed Tor passenger vehicles Not all tires have this informa information identifies and describes P215 60R16 94H FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 225 45R19 92W SDI1575 SDI1606 245 40R19 94W T145 80D17 420 kPa SPARE TIRE AN 0 the fundamental characteristics of tion Hey T1
483. ther and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 25 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear sug gested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Coupe Gear MPH km h ist 39 63 2nd 65 104 3rd 93 149 Ath 5th 6th PARKING BRAKE WARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle The
484. ther competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load 9 6 Technical and consumer information GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fluids lubricants P 9 2 INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the JVT0159X American Petroleum Institute API certifi cation or International Lubricant Standar dization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used O
485. tic Transmission AT position indicator light on the vehicle information dis play will blink and the chime will sound e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its Starting and driving 5 17 normal operating condition have an INFINITI retailer check the transmission and repair if necessary 5 18 Starting and driving SSD0598 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even wi
486. ting range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even 5 10 Starting and driving someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine e The trunk area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function e If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function e If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function LOCK gt ACC gt ON SD1021 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal automatic transmission model or the clutch pedal manual transmission model the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates Push center four times to return to ACC Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK u
487. tion keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the INFINITI controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the INFINITI controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus Il PAUSE Select the i key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key P play Select the gt key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD E STOP Select the m key to stop playing the DVD Ppl i44 Select the or ma key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected I gt lt l Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the p or a key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu Next Previous Chapter Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be dis played For details see the instructions on the disc 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DVD Setting Title Search 10Key Sear
488. tion switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller SDI1754 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 8 Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF og pooo Or SDI2034 Open the fuse box lid 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Ifthe fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Spare fuses are stor
489. tion with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 100 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth for a recommended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an a
490. tive battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 5 Close the windows 2 Open the hood 3 4 Disconnect the negative battery Close and lock all the doors terminal Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery term inal perform the procedure in the follow ing order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged N 4 Fully open the driver side door window Unlock and open the driver side door Do not close the door Open the hood Connect the negative battery term inal Then close the hood Close the driver side door and the window SEDAN AND COUPE AQ WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always w
491. tle in any gear e Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possi ble FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application e Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possi ble e Maintain constant speed while com muting and coast whenever possi ble 2 Maintain constant speed e Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops e Synchronizing your speed with traf fic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops e Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and im prove fuel efficiency 3 Use air conditioning A C at higher vehicle speeds e Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load e Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerody namic drag e Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at economical speeds and dis tances e Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerody namic drag e Maintaining a safe following dis tance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking e Safely monitoring traffic to antici p
492. to position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the under cover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly A WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID if so equipped When checking or replacement is required we recommend an INFINITI retailer for servicing A CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmis sion which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 POWER STEERING FLUID Nae ee pen 72 COLD MIN a SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked u
493. to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle Yo al Q S N SPA2300 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the drivers and front passengers door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the drivers or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the In telligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
494. traction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port Inserting the USB de vice tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port e Do not grab the USB connection port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Compatibility The following models are available Models with navigation system e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later Models without navigation system e Fifth generation iPod firmware ver sion 1 3 e First generation iPod Classic firmware version 1
495. trol buttons sssesssseseseesereseese Receiving a Call c scccsisssesccsesassccesessssscsessnzess Connecting procedure D rine amp callide Phone selection ccccsesseeeees PHONE setting Scs oisssisesisssiossisssssssrsraesis Quick Did lisedesecdeacseceshccessadceescececes osesionssdecesaes Voice adaptation mode Making a Call issssiscccsisssscecensssesedeisistesteavieapsees INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with Receiving a Call vissccssevsccsssccescevsscescsevieacsscosess Navigation SYStEM ceeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 4 100 DUTING a Callliadicscesccvessedesee A vaviie censsexsevesenextens INFINITI Voice Recognition Phone Setting c cscssesseccsesseeseeeeee STANDARD MOCO sssssseseseseseceseseseseseeeeees 4 101 Troubleshooting guide Using the SYStem cccccsssssssnnereeeeeeeeeeeees 4 104 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate models without navigation system 006 4 86 COMMANA MOE sssssssceserosseserssvssssaseesscsasevare Regulatory information ssseeseeeeeeeeees 4 87 Using the system Troubleshooting Quide eeeeeeeeceeeeeeee 4 125 SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL A WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the
496. trol system and traction control system are not operating AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the a Or z0 position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Instruments and controls 2 19 Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 20 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY SIC4293 The
497. ts ec eeseecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeees Trunk light HomeLink Universal Transceiver if SO CQUIPPE css ccsiecc vex secescecscsexvetasevexseseseaszscedeees 2 58 Programming HomeLink ccsceceeseeeeees 2 59 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate OpenelS cssesceeeeee 2 60 Operating the HomeLink Universal Transceiver cseesecsseseeeeeeeeeee Programming troubleshooting Clearing the programmed information 2 61 Reprogramming a single HomeLink DUttON c ccscesseeseeseeeeeeseeeeees 2 61 If your vehicle is Stolen 20 eeeeeceeeeeeee eee 2 62 COCKPIT 7 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 16 1423456 78 8 Steering wheel mounted controls left se side g ENTER or tuning switch P 4 73 BACK switch P 4 73 TALK switch if so equipped P 4 100 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 76 P 4 86 Volume control switches P 4 73 Source select switch P 4 73 9 Trip computer switch P 2 26 10 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 11 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 22 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 24 12 Hood release handle P 3 19 13 Intelligent Key port P 5 12 SIC4683 14 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 25 P 2 38 15 Manual tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 25 r 7 r r
498. two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device 3 Pre driving checks ROY S lisascalss donies onnaa e aenea na 3 2 Intelligent Key 3 2 Valet hand off 3 3 Locking with mechanical key 3 4 Opening and closing windows with the Mechanical Key cccccsccccsssssesscesessscooescssssccsssssens 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob wee 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Automatic door locks eeeeeeeeeeseeeeee weve 3 6 Child safety rear door lock Sedan 3 6 Intelligent Key system cccesesseeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeees 3 7 Intelligent Key operating range e eee 3 9 Door locks unlocks precaution cceeeeeees 3 9 Intelligent Key operation ceeeeceeeeseee eee Battery Saver SyStemM ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss Warning Signals cceeeeeeee Troubleshooting guide Remote keyless entry system How to use remote keyless entry system 3 15 HOO sisi scccsesvscsesscassccsesssvtesveccoveccaesesnsssessesvscesvese 3 19 and adjustments THUNK lid ssccessscessesecsevsccvssccesscsscssesessasedesseavestasos 3 19 Trunk lid release SWitCh ec eeeeceeeeeeeeee 3 20 Trunk open request SWItCH eee eeeeeeeeee 3 20 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 21 Interior
499. u facture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and materi al The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissi ble inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the max imum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or type Indicates whether the tire re quires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall tube bears white lettering or bears manu facturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deep
500. uel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S government reg ulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E
501. ufacturers devel oped this specification to improve emis sion system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gaso line meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts to wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxygenate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such f
502. uipped with self adjust ing brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied A WARNING See an INFINITI retailer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 SDI1479A ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the igni
503. uld cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supple mental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that appro priate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating ina crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints P 1 25 for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light
504. um anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system e The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life ex pectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 SDI2043 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by an INFINITI retailer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI retailer The service
505. under no load condition the engine will enter the fuel cut mode To stop the engine shift the shift lever to the P Park position AT model or move the shift lever to the N Neutral position MT model and push the ignition switch to the OFF position and push the ignition switch to start the engine NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal AT model or clutch pedal MT model with the ignition switch in any position e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Starting and driving 5 13 Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically c
506. vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid A cauTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until a single click is heard Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the s mal SOON function indicator light MIL to illumi Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 nate If the 88 light illuminates be Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to cause the fuel filler cap is loose or remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise missing tighten or install the cap and until a single click is heard Put the fuel continue to drive the vehicle The 4E filler cap on the cap holder while light should turn off after a few driving refueling trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer e The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel filler ca
507. vehicle SSS0370B LATCH label location Coupe Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation LATCH lower anchor AQ WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly e Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are
508. ving Push starting 6 11 Starting the engine 5 13 STATUS Dutto N w ccsessssscssecsecessccosses we 4 9 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 53 Steering Power steering fluid Power Steering system eeseeeeeeeeeeeesteeee Steering wheel mounted controls for audio Tilt telescopic steering Storage Storage box Stowing golf bags Sun visors Sunglasses holder es seeeeseeesseesseeesseeseeeesees Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 59 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 59 2 17 Supplemental restraint system 1 45 Precautions on supplemental FEStraint SYSLCM ccsccccesscersccecsesseesesseees Switch Autolight SWItCH wicccsscccasscassecessesicoseacossccasacie Fog light switch Hazard warning flasher switch Headlight switch Ignition switch Ignition switch manual transmission models Power door lock switch seeeeeseeeseeeeeeeee 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 34 Snow mode switch 2 41 Turn signal switch eseese 2 38 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 41 Tachometer Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 8 Engine Statene eea iiias 2 30 Thigh extension 1 6 Three way catalyst 5 4 Tilt telescopic steering 3 25 Tire Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 15
509. voice recognition systems 4 23 A CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover SAA1896 HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with refer ence to the bumper line A are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the bumper e Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line G approx 7 ft 2 m e Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems up Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when back ing up The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course A WARNING e Always turn and check that it is safe to park your car before backing up Always back up slowly e If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course line may not be displayed correctly e On a snow covered or slippery road the
510. volume knob while the system is making an announcement Voice Prompt Interrupt To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK amp switch during a phone call The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the f
511. w Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 If an electronic device such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be displayed on the screen If the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shor tened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected REARVIEW MONITOR The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking When the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could result in serious injury or death e The RearView monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper
512. winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise con trol To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indicator will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out c Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position The SET indicator will go out d Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCELERATE RESUME or COAST SET switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e Ifyou depress the clutch pedal Manual Transmission models or move the shift lever to N Neutral position Automatic Transmission models the cruise con trol will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following met
513. wner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the INFINITI website at https owners infinitiusa com owners naviga tion manualsandGuides If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact INFINITI Consu mer Affairs See the INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact information IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A cauTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully SIC0697 If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen 1 If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 Z WJ Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents
514. ws the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 This vehicle has some sound effect func tions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol e Precision Phased Audio if so equipped e Driver s Audio Stage if so equipped For more details see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 Switching the display e Models with navigation system Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows iPod USB CD DVD gt Bluetooth Audio iPod USB e Models without navigation system Pushing the AUX button will switch the display as follows USB iPod gt XM1 USB iPod FM AM SAT radio operation When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played gt XM2 XM3 gt The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio or satellite band select button is turned to ON the audio source will auto matically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception AM FM Raosa radio A
515. y cause transmission damage e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged e Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS A cauTION e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmission mod els Do not stop the engine In case of emergency 6 11 2 Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 r
516. y con trol the intake air push the intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control button until the indicator light on the 4 side illumi nates The advanced climate control sys tem turns on and the intake air will be controlled automatically To turn system off Push the OFF button Advanced climate control system The advanced climate control system keeps the air inside of the vehicle clean using the ion control and the automatic air intake control with outside odor and exhaust gas detecting sensor 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Status Audio off 7 s Miil 75 w o 7 SAA2734 lon control This unit generates highly concentrated Plasmacluster ions into the air blown from the ventilators and reduces odor absorbed into the interior trim The high density Plasmacluster ions gen erated in the air conditioner s air stream not only suppress airborne bacteria and reduce the adherence of odors to the interior trim but also have a proven skin moisture preserving effect When the air conditioner is turned on the system generates Plasmacluster ions automatically The amount of Plasmacluster ions in creases according to the amount of air flow When the air flow is high zs is displayed on the screen and when the air flow is low the indication in the screen changes to Pl
517. y could release the parking brake and cause an accident qo o SPA2331 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION MOD ELS To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 21 SPA2110 MANUAL TRANSMISSION MODELS To apply Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely G 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out 5 22 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunc tions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator on the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto matically If the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCELER ATE RESUME COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the steps below in the order indicated AQ WARNING D
518. y of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it In case of emergency 6 9 1 6 10 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Fail ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle A position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic In case of emergency SCE0653 transmission models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Man ual transmission models Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light
519. y push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see Warning indicator lights and audible re minders P 2 12 and Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS P 5 4 AQ WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COL
520. y stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink button while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful programming DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both but tons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful programming Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete Remember to plug the device back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HomeLink UNI VERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the programmed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate pro grammed HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being trans mitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT ING If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held tran
521. ycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator 5 30 Starting and driving and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper dis tance away from vehicle traveling ahead When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually SSD0253 control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead SSD0254 When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain
522. yed list Select the Edit key Select the desired item to change Settings Quick Dial O M Ful Gec9 Name David 111 111 1111 Number Type Voicetag l JVH0478X The following editing items are available Entry Changes the displayed number of the selected entry Name Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen Number Edit the phone number using the key pad displayed on the screen Type Select an icon from the icon list Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voice tags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 100 To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 O m Yul E JVH0479X MAKING A CALL To make a call follow this procedure 1 Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel or the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display Select the Phonebook key on the PHONE menu Select the desired entry from the list Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Phone Phonebook m Yul Phonebook IM xxxx Del Phone No 1 4 o15 E JVH0495X There are different methods to m
523. you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccu pied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicat ing that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI retailer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have

2015 Infiniti Q40

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents